57 skills found · Page 1 of 2
aiekick / ImGuiFileDialogFull featured file Dialog for Dear ImGui
Augustyniak / FileExplorerFileExplorer is a powerful iOS file browser that allows its users to choose and remove files and/or directories
passy / Android DirectoryChooserA directory chooser library for Android.
bartwell / ExFilePickerOpen source Android library. Implement choosing files and directories in your application.
ManojKumarPatnaik / Major Project ListA list of practical projects that anyone can solve in any programming language (See solutions). These projects are divided into multiple categories, and each category has its own folder. To get started, simply fork this repo. CONTRIBUTING See ways of contributing to this repo. You can contribute solutions (will be published in this repo) to existing problems, add new projects, or remove existing ones. Make sure you follow all instructions properly. Solutions You can find implementations of these projects in many other languages by other users in this repo. Credits Problems are motivated by the ones shared at: Martyr2’s Mega Project List Rosetta Code Table of Contents Numbers Classic Algorithms Graph Data Structures Text Networking Classes Threading Web Files Databases Graphics and Multimedia Security Numbers Find PI to the Nth Digit - Enter a number and have the program generate PI up to that many decimal places. Keep a limit to how far the program will go. Find e to the Nth Digit - Just like the previous problem, but with e instead of PI. Enter a number and have the program generate e up to that many decimal places. Keep a limit to how far the program will go. Fibonacci Sequence - Enter a number and have the program generate the Fibonacci sequence to that number or to the Nth number. Prime Factorization - Have the user enter a number and find all Prime Factors (if there are any) and display them. Next Prime Number - Have the program find prime numbers until the user chooses to stop asking for the next one. Find Cost of Tile to Cover W x H Floor - Calculate the total cost of the tile it would take to cover a floor plan of width and height, using a cost entered by the user. Mortgage Calculator - Calculate the monthly payments of a fixed-term mortgage over given Nth terms at a given interest rate. Also, figure out how long it will take the user to pay back the loan. For added complexity, add an option for users to select the compounding interval (Monthly, Weekly, Daily, Continually). Change Return Program - The user enters a cost and then the amount of money given. The program will figure out the change and the number of quarters, dimes, nickels, pennies needed for the change. Binary to Decimal and Back Converter - Develop a converter to convert a decimal number to binary or a binary number to its decimal equivalent. Calculator - A simple calculator to do basic operators. Make it a scientific calculator for added complexity. Unit Converter (temp, currency, volume, mass, and more) - Converts various units between one another. The user enters the type of unit being entered, the type of unit they want to convert to, and then the value. The program will then make the conversion. Alarm Clock - A simple clock where it plays a sound after X number of minutes/seconds or at a particular time. Distance Between Two Cities - Calculates the distance between two cities and allows the user to specify a unit of distance. This program may require finding coordinates for the cities like latitude and longitude. Credit Card Validator - Takes in a credit card number from a common credit card vendor (Visa, MasterCard, American Express, Discoverer) and validates it to make sure that it is a valid number (look into how credit cards use a checksum). Tax Calculator - Asks the user to enter a cost and either a country or state tax. It then returns the tax plus the total cost with tax. Factorial Finder - The Factorial of a positive integer, n, is defined as the product of the sequence n, n-1, n-2, ...1, and the factorial of zero, 0, is defined as being 1. Solve this using both loops and recursion. Complex Number Algebra - Show addition, multiplication, negation, and inversion of complex numbers in separate functions. (Subtraction and division operations can be made with pairs of these operations.) Print the results for each operation tested. Happy Numbers - A happy number is defined by the following process. Starting with any positive integer, replace the number by the sum of the squares of its digits, and repeat the process until the number equals 1 (where it will stay), or it loops endlessly in a cycle which does not include 1. Those numbers for which this process ends in 1 are happy numbers, while those that do not end in 1 are unhappy numbers. Display an example of your output here. Find the first 8 happy numbers. Number Names - Show how to spell out a number in English. You can use a preexisting implementation or roll your own, but you should support inputs up to at least one million (or the maximum value of your language's default bounded integer type if that's less). Optional: Support for inputs other than positive integers (like zero, negative integers, and floating-point numbers). Coin Flip Simulation - Write some code that simulates flipping a single coin however many times the user decides. The code should record the outcomes and count the number of tails and heads. Limit Calculator - Ask the user to enter f(x) and the limit value, then return the value of the limit statement Optional: Make the calculator capable of supporting infinite limits. Fast Exponentiation - Ask the user to enter 2 integers a and b and output a^b (i.e. pow(a,b)) in O(LG n) time complexity. Classic Algorithms Collatz Conjecture - Start with a number n > 1. Find the number of steps it takes to reach one using the following process: If n is even, divide it by 2. If n is odd, multiply it by 3 and add 1. Sorting - Implement two types of sorting algorithms: Merge sort and bubble sort. Closest pair problem - The closest pair of points problem or closest pair problem is a problem of computational geometry: given n points in metric space, find a pair of points with the smallest distance between them. Sieve of Eratosthenes - The sieve of Eratosthenes is one of the most efficient ways to find all of the smaller primes (below 10 million or so). Graph Graph from links - Create a program that will create a graph or network from a series of links. Eulerian Path - Create a program that will take as an input a graph and output either an Eulerian path or an Eulerian cycle, or state that it is not possible. An Eulerian path starts at one node and traverses every edge of a graph through every node and finishes at another node. An Eulerian cycle is an eulerian Path that starts and finishes at the same node. Connected Graph - Create a program that takes a graph as an input and outputs whether every node is connected or not. Dijkstra’s Algorithm - Create a program that finds the shortest path through a graph using its edges. Minimum Spanning Tree - Create a program that takes a connected, undirected graph with weights and outputs the minimum spanning tree of the graph i.e., a subgraph that is a tree, contains all the vertices, and the sum of its weights is the least possible. Data Structures Inverted index - An Inverted Index is a data structure used to create full-text search. Given a set of text files, implement a program to create an inverted index. Also, create a user interface to do a search using that inverted index which returns a list of files that contain the query term/terms. The search index can be in memory. Text Fizz Buzz - Write a program that prints the numbers from 1 to 100. But for multiples of three print “Fizz” instead of the number and for the multiples of five print “Buzz”. For numbers which are multiples of both three and five print “FizzBuzz”. Reverse a String - Enter a string and the program will reverse it and print it out. Pig Latin - Pig Latin is a game of alterations played in the English language game. To create the Pig Latin form of an English word the initial consonant sound is transposed to the end of the word and an ay is affixed (Ex.: "banana" would yield anana-bay). Read Wikipedia for more information on rules. Count Vowels - Enter a string and the program counts the number of vowels in the text. For added complexity have it report a sum of each vowel found. Check if Palindrome - Checks if the string entered by the user is a palindrome. That is that it reads the same forwards as backward like “racecar” Count Words in a String - Counts the number of individual words in a string. For added complexity read these strings in from a text file and generate a summary. Text Editor - Notepad-style application that can open, edit, and save text documents. Optional: Add syntax highlighting and other features. RSS Feed Creator - Given a link to RSS/Atom Feed, get all posts and display them. Quote Tracker (market symbols etc) - A program that can go out and check the current value of stocks for a list of symbols entered by the user. The user can set how often the stocks are checked. For CLI, show whether the stock has moved up or down. Optional: If GUI, the program can show green up and red down arrows to show which direction the stock value has moved. Guestbook / Journal - A simple application that allows people to add comments or write journal entries. It can allow comments or not and timestamps for all entries. Could also be made into a shoutbox. Optional: Deploy it on Google App Engine or Heroku or any other PaaS (if possible, of course). Vigenere / Vernam / Ceasar Ciphers - Functions for encrypting and decrypting data messages. Then send them to a friend. Regex Query Tool - A tool that allows the user to enter a text string and then in a separate control enter a regex pattern. It will run the regular expression against the source text and return any matches or flag errors in the regular expression. Networking FTP Program - A file transfer program that can transfer files back and forth from a remote web sever. Bandwidth Monitor - A small utility program that tracks how much data you have uploaded and downloaded from the net during the course of your current online session. See if you can find out what periods of the day you use more and less and generate a report or graph that shows it. Port Scanner - Enter an IP address and a port range where the program will then attempt to find open ports on the given computer by connecting to each of them. On any successful connections mark the port as open. Mail Checker (POP3 / IMAP) - The user enters various account information include web server and IP, protocol type (POP3 or IMAP), and the application will check for email at a given interval. Country from IP Lookup - Enter an IP address and find the country that IP is registered in. Optional: Find the Ip automatically. Whois Search Tool - Enter an IP or host address and have it look it up through whois and return the results to you. Site Checker with Time Scheduling - An application that attempts to connect to a website or server every so many minute or a given time and check if it is up. If it is down, it will notify you by email or by posting a notice on the screen. Classes Product Inventory Project - Create an application that manages an inventory of products. Create a product class that has a price, id, and quantity on hand. Then create an inventory class that keeps track of various products and can sum up the inventory value. Airline / Hotel Reservation System - Create a reservation system that books airline seats or hotel rooms. It charges various rates for particular sections of the plane or hotel. For example, first class is going to cost more than a coach. Hotel rooms have penthouse suites which cost more. Keep track of when rooms will be available and can be scheduled. Company Manager - Create a hierarchy of classes - abstract class Employee and subclasses HourlyEmployee, SalariedEmployee, Manager, and Executive. Everyone's pay is calculated differently, research a bit about it. After you've established an employee hierarchy, create a Company class that allows you to manage the employees. You should be able to hire, fire, and raise employees. Bank Account Manager - Create a class called Account which will be an abstract class for three other classes called CheckingAccount, SavingsAccount, and BusinessAccount. Manage credits and debits from these accounts through an ATM-style program. Patient / Doctor Scheduler - Create a patient class and a doctor class. Have a doctor that can handle multiple patients and set up a scheduling program where a doctor can only handle 16 patients during an 8 hr workday. Recipe Creator and Manager - Create a recipe class with ingredients and put them in a recipe manager program that organizes them into categories like desserts, main courses, or by ingredients like chicken, beef, soups, pies, etc. Image Gallery - Create an image abstract class and then a class that inherits from it for each image type. Put them in a program that displays them in a gallery-style format for viewing. Shape Area and Perimeter Classes - Create an abstract class called Shape and then inherit from it other shapes like diamond, rectangle, circle, triangle, etc. Then have each class override the area and perimeter functionality to handle each shape type. Flower Shop Ordering To Go - Create a flower shop application that deals in flower objects and use those flower objects in a bouquet object which can then be sold. Keep track of the number of objects and when you may need to order more. Family Tree Creator - Create a class called Person which will have a name, when they were born, and when (and if) they died. Allow the user to create these Person classes and put them into a family tree structure. Print out the tree to the screen. Threading Create A Progress Bar for Downloads - Create a progress bar for applications that can keep track of a download in progress. The progress bar will be on a separate thread and will communicate with the main thread using delegates. Bulk Thumbnail Creator - Picture processing can take a bit of time for some transformations. Especially if the image is large. Create an image program that can take hundreds of images and converts them to a specified size in the background thread while you do other things. For added complexity, have one thread handling re-sizing, have another bulk renaming of thumbnails, etc. Web Page Scraper - Create an application that connects to a site and pulls out all links, or images, and saves them to a list. Optional: Organize the indexed content and don’t allow duplicates. Have it put the results into an easily searchable index file. Online White Board - Create an application that allows you to draw pictures, write notes and use various colors to flesh out ideas for projects. Optional: Add a feature to invite friends to collaborate on a whiteboard online. Get Atomic Time from Internet Clock - This program will get the true atomic time from an atomic time clock on the Internet. Use any one of the atomic clocks returned by a simple Google search. Fetch Current Weather - Get the current weather for a given zip/postal code. Optional: Try locating the user automatically. Scheduled Auto Login and Action - Make an application that logs into a given site on a schedule and invokes a certain action and then logs out. This can be useful for checking webmail, posting regular content, or getting info for other applications and saving it to your computer. E-Card Generator - Make a site that allows people to generate their own little e-cards and send them to other people. Do not use Flash. Use a picture library and perhaps insightful mottos or quotes. Content Management System - Create a content management system (CMS) like Joomla, Drupal, PHP Nuke, etc. Start small. Optional: Allow for the addition of modules/addons. Web Board (Forum) - Create a forum for you and your buddies to post, administer and share thoughts and ideas. CAPTCHA Maker - Ever see those images with letters numbers when you signup for a service and then ask you to enter what you see? It keeps web bots from automatically signing up and spamming. Try creating one yourself for online forms. Files Quiz Maker - Make an application that takes various questions from a file, picked randomly, and puts together a quiz for students. Each quiz can be different and then reads a key to grade the quizzes. Sort Excel/CSV File Utility - Reads a file of records, sorts them, and then writes them back to the file. Allow the user to choose various sort style and sorting based on a particular field. Create Zip File Maker - The user enters various files from different directories and the program zips them up into a zip file. Optional: Apply actual compression to the files. Start with Huffman Algorithm. PDF Generator - An application that can read in a text file, HTML file, or some other file and generates a PDF file out of it. Great for a web-based service where the user uploads the file and the program returns a PDF of the file. Optional: Deploy on GAE or Heroku if possible. Mp3 Tagger - Modify and add ID3v1 tags to MP3 files. See if you can also add in the album art into the MP3 file’s header as well as other ID3v2 tags. Code Snippet Manager - Another utility program that allows coders to put in functions, classes, or other tidbits to save for use later. Organized by the type of snippet or language the coder can quickly lookup code. Optional: For extra practice try adding syntax highlighting based on the language. Databases SQL Query Analyzer - A utility application in which a user can enter a query and have it run against a local database and look for ways to make it more efficient. Remote SQL Tool - A utility that can execute queries on remote servers from your local computer across the Internet. It should take in a remote host, user name, and password, run the query and return the results. Report Generator - Create a utility that generates a report based on some tables in a database. Generates sales reports based on the order/order details tables or sums up the day's current database activity. Event Scheduler and Calendar - Make an application that allows the user to enter a date and time of an event, event notes, and then schedule those events on a calendar. The user can then browse the calendar or search the calendar for specific events. Optional: Allow the application to create re-occurrence events that reoccur every day, week, month, year, etc. Budget Tracker - Write an application that keeps track of a household’s budget. The user can add expenses, income, and recurring costs to find out how much they are saving or losing over a period of time. Optional: Allow the user to specify a date range and see the net flow of money in and out of the house budget for that time period. TV Show Tracker - Got a favorite show you don’t want to miss? Don’t have a PVR or want to be able to find the show to then PVR it later? Make an application that can search various online TV Guide sites, locate the shows/times/channels and add them to a database application. The database/website then can send you email reminders that a show is about to start and which channel it will be on. Travel Planner System - Make a system that allows users to put together their own little travel itinerary and keep track of the airline/hotel arrangements, points of interest, budget, and schedule. Graphics and Multimedia Slide Show - Make an application that shows various pictures in a slide show format. Optional: Try adding various effects like fade in/out, star wipe, and window blinds transitions. Stream Video from Online - Try to create your own online streaming video player. Mp3 Player - A simple program for playing your favorite music files. Add features you think are missing from your favorite music player. Watermarking Application - Have some pictures you want copyright protected? Add your own logo or text lightly across the background so that no one can simply steal your graphics off your site. Make a program that will add this watermark to the picture. Optional: Use threading to process multiple images simultaneously. Turtle Graphics - This is a common project where you create a floor of 20 x 20 squares. Using various commands you tell a turtle to draw a line on the floor. You have moved forward, left or right, lift or drop the pen, etc. Do a search online for "Turtle Graphics" for more information. Optional: Allow the program to read in the list of commands from a file. GIF Creator A program that puts together multiple images (PNGs, JPGs, TIFFs) to make a smooth GIF that can be exported. Optional: Make the program convert small video files to GIFs as well. Security Caesar cipher - Implement a Caesar cipher, both encoding, and decoding. The key is an integer from 1 to 25. This cipher rotates the letters of the alphabet (A to Z). The encoding replaces each letter with the 1st to 25th next letter in the alphabet (wrapping Z to A). So key 2 encrypts "HI" to "JK", but key 20 encrypts "HI" to "BC". This simple "monoalphabetic substitution cipher" provides almost no security, because an attacker who has the encoded message can either use frequency analysis to guess the key, or just try all 25 keys.
Sfedfcv / Redesigned PancakeSkip to content github / docs Code Issues 80 Pull requests 35 Discussions Actions Projects 2 Security Insights Merge branch 'main' into 1862-Add-Travis-CI-migration-table 1862-Add-Travis-CI-migration-table (#1869, Iixixi/ZachryTylerWood#102, THEBOLCK79/docs#1, sbnbhk/docs#1) @martin389 martin389 committed on Dec 9, 2020 2 parents 2f9ec0c + 1588f50 commit 1a56ed136914e522f3a23ecc2be1c49f479a1a6a Showing 501 changed files with 5,397 additions and 1,362 deletions. 2 .github/allowed-actions.js @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ module.exports = [ 'rachmari/labeler@832d42ec5523f3c6d46e8168de71cd54363e3e2e', 'repo-sync/github-sync@3832fe8e2be32372e1b3970bbae8e7079edeec88', 'repo-sync/pull-request@33777245b1aace1a58c87a29c90321aa7a74bd7d', 'rtCamp/action-slack-notify@e17352feaf9aee300bf0ebc1dfbf467d80438815', 'someimportantcompany/github-actions-slack-message@0b470c14b39da4260ed9e3f9a4f1298a74ccdefd', 'tjenkinson/gh-action-auto-merge-dependency-updates@cee2ac0', 'EndBug/add-and-commit@9358097a71ad9fb9e2f9624c6098c89193d83575' ] 72 .github/workflows/confirm-internal-staff-work-in-docs.yml @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ name: Confirm internal staff meant to post in public on: issues: types: - opened - reopened - transferred pull_request_target: types: - opened - reopened jobs: check-team-membership: runs-on: ubuntu-latest continue-on-error: true if: github.repository == 'github/docs' steps: - uses: actions/github-script@626af12fe9a53dc2972b48385e7fe7dec79145c9 with: github-token: ${{ secrets.DOCUBOT_FR_PROJECT_BOARD_WORKFLOWS_REPO_ORG_READ_SCOPES }} script: | // Only perform this action with GitHub employees try { await github.teams.getMembershipForUserInOrg({ org: 'github', team_slug: 'employees', username: context.payload.sender.login, }); } catch(err) { // An error will be thrown if the user is not a GitHub employee // If a user is not a GitHub employee, we should stop here and // Not send a notification return } // Don't perform this action with Docs team members try { await github.teams.getMembershipForUserInOrg({ org: 'github', team_slug: 'docs', username: context.payload.sender.login, }); // If the user is a Docs team member, we should stop here and not send // a notification return } catch(err) { // An error will be thrown if the user is not a Docs team member // If a user is not a Docs team member we should continue and send // the notification } const issueNo = context.number || context.issue.number // Create an issue in our private repo await github.issues.create({ owner: 'github', repo: 'docs-internal', title: `@${context.payload.sender.login} confirm that \#${issueNo} should be in the public github/docs repo`, body: `@${context.payload.sender.login} opened https://github.com/github/docs/issues/${issueNo} publicly in the github/docs repo, instead of the private github/docs-internal repo.\n\n@${context.payload.sender.login}, please confirm that this belongs in the public repo and that no sensitive information was disclosed by commenting below and closing the issue.\n\nIf this was not intentional and sensitive information was shared, please delete https://github.com/github/docs/issues/${issueNo} and notify us in the \#docs-open-source channel.\n\nThanks! \n\n/cc @github/docs @github/docs-engineering` }); throw new Error('A Hubber opened an issue on the public github/docs repo'); - name: Send Slack notification if a GitHub employee who isn't on the docs team opens an issue in public if: ${{ failure() && github.repository == 'github/docs' }} uses: someimportantcompany/github-actions-slack-message@0b470c14b39da4260ed9e3f9a4f1298a74ccdefd with: channel: ${{ secrets.DOCS_OPEN_SOURCE_SLACK_CHANNEL_ID }} bot-token: ${{ secrets.SLACK_DOCS_BOT_TOKEN }} text: <@${{github.actor}}> opened https://github.com/github/docs/issues/${{ github.event.number || github.event.issue.number }} publicly on the github/docs repo instead of the private github/docs-internal repo. They have been notified via a new issue in the github/docs-internal repo to confirm this was intentional. 15 .github/workflows/js-lint.yml @@ -10,23 +10,8 @@ on: - translations jobs: see_if_should_skip: runs-on: ubuntu-latest outputs: should_skip: ${{ steps.skip_check.outputs.should_skip }} steps: - id: skip_check uses: fkirc/skip-duplicate-actions@36feb0d8d062137530c2e00bd278d138fe191289 with: cancel_others: 'false' github_token: ${{ github.token }} paths: '["**/*.js", "package*.json", ".github/workflows/js-lint.yml", ".eslint*"]' lint: runs-on: ubuntu-latest needs: see_if_should_skip if: ${{ needs.see_if_should_skip.outputs.should_skip != 'true' }} steps: - name: Check out repo uses: actions/checkout@5a4ac9002d0be2fb38bd78e4b4dbde5606d7042f 13 .github/workflows/repo-freeze-reminders.yml @@ -14,11 +14,10 @@ jobs: if: github.repository == 'github/docs-internal' steps: - name: Send Slack notification if repo is frozen uses: someimportantcompany/github-actions-slack-message@0b470c14b39da4260ed9e3f9a4f1298a74ccdefd if: ${{ env.FREEZE == 'true' }} uses: rtCamp/action-slack-notify@e17352feaf9aee300bf0ebc1dfbf467d80438815 env: SLACK_WEBHOOK: ${{ secrets.DOCS_ALERTS_SLACK_WEBHOOK }} SLACK_USERNAME: docs-repo-sync SLACK_ICON_EMOJI: ':freezing_face:' SLACK_COLOR: '#51A0D5' # Carolina Blue SLACK_MESSAGE: All repo-sync runs will fail for ${{ github.repository }} because the repo is currently frozen! with: channel: ${{ secrets.DOCS_ALERTS_SLACK_CHANNEL_ID }} bot-token: ${{ secrets.SLACK_DOCS_BOT_TOKEN }} color: info text: All repo-sync runs will fail for ${{ github.repository }} because the repo is currently frozen! 54 .github/workflows/repo-sync-stalls.yml @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ name: Repo Sync Stalls on: workflow_dispatch: schedule: - cron: '*/30 * * * *' jobs: check-freezer: name: Check for deployment freezes runs-on: ubuntu-latest steps: - name: Exit if repo is frozen if: ${{ env.FREEZE == 'true' }} run: | echo 'The repo is currently frozen! Exiting this workflow.' exit 1 # prevents further steps from running repo-sync-stalls: runs-on: ubuntu-latest steps: - name: Check if repo sync is stalled uses: actions/github-script@626af12fe9a53dc2972b48385e7fe7dec79145c9 with: github-token: ${{ secrets.DOCUBOT_FR_PROJECT_BOARD_WORKFLOWS_REPO_ORG_READ_SCOPES }} script: | let pulls; const owner = context.repo.owner const repo = context.repo.repo try { pulls = await github.pulls.list({ owner: owner, repo: repo, head: `${owner}:repo-sync`, state: 'open' }); } catch(err) { throw err return } pulls.data.forEach(pr => { const timeDelta = Date.now() - Date.parse(pr.created_at); const minutesOpen = timeDelta / 1000 / 60; if (minutesOpen > 30) { core.setFailed('Repo sync appears to be stalled') } }) - name: Send Slack notification if workflow fails uses: someimportantcompany/github-actions-slack-message@0b470c14b39da4260ed9e3f9a4f1298a74ccdefd if: failure() with: channel: ${{ secrets.DOCS_ALERTS_SLACK_CHANNEL_ID }} bot-token: ${{ secrets.SLACK_DOCS_BOT_TOKEN }} color: failure text: Repo sync appears to be stalled for ${{github.repository}}. See https://github.com/${{github.repository}}/pulls?q=is%3Apr+is%3Aopen+repo+sync 16 .github/workflows/repo-sync.yml @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ name: Repo Sync on: workflow_dispatch: schedule: - cron: '*/15 * * * *' # every 15 minutes @@ -70,11 +71,10 @@ jobs: number: ${{ steps.find-pull-request.outputs.number }} - name: Send Slack notification if workflow fails uses: rtCamp/action-slack-notify@e17352feaf9aee300bf0ebc1dfbf467d80438815 if: ${{ failure() }} env: SLACK_WEBHOOK: ${{ secrets.DOCS_ALERTS_SLACK_WEBHOOK }} SLACK_USERNAME: docs-repo-sync SLACK_ICON_EMOJI: ':ohno:' SLACK_COLOR: '#B90E0A' # Crimson SLACK_MESSAGE: The last repo-sync run for ${{github.repository}} failed. See https://github.com/${{github.repository}}/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Repo+Sync%22 uses: someimportantcompany/github-actions-slack-message@0b470c14b39da4260ed9e3f9a4f1298a74ccdefd if: failure() with: channel: ${{ secrets.DOCS_ALERTS_SLACK_CHANNEL_ID }} bot-token: ${{ secrets.SLACK_DOCS_BOT_TOKEN }} color: failure text: The last repo-sync run for ${{github.repository}} failed. See https://github.com/${{github.repository}}/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Repo+Sync%22 10 .github/workflows/sync-algolia-search-indices.yml @@ -33,8 +33,10 @@ jobs: GITHUB_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }} run: npm run sync-search - name: Send slack notification if workflow run fails uses: rtCamp/action-slack-notify@e17352feaf9aee300bf0ebc1dfbf467d80438815 uses: someimportantcompany/github-actions-slack-message@0b470c14b39da4260ed9e3f9a4f1298a74ccdefd if: failure() env: SLACK_WEBHOOK: ${{ secrets.DOCS_ALERTS_SLACK_WEBHOOK }} SLACK_MESSAGE: The last Algolia workflow run for ${{github.repository}} failed. Search actions for `workflow:Algolia` with: channel: ${{ secrets.DOCS_ALERTS_SLACK_CHANNEL_ID }} bot-token: ${{ secrets.SLACK_DOCS_BOT_TOKEN }} color: failure text: The last Algolia workflow run for ${{github.repository}} failed. Search actions for `workflow:Algolia` 15 .github/workflows/yml-lint.yml @@ -10,23 +10,8 @@ on: - translations jobs: see_if_should_skip: runs-on: ubuntu-latest outputs: should_skip: ${{ steps.skip_check.outputs.should_skip }} steps: - id: skip_check uses: fkirc/skip-duplicate-actions@36feb0d8d062137530c2e00bd278d138fe191289 with: cancel_others: 'false' github_token: ${{ github.token }} paths: '["**/*.yml", "**/*.yaml", "package*.json", ".github/workflows/yml-lint.yml"]' lint: runs-on: ubuntu-latest needs: see_if_should_skip if: ${{ needs.see_if_should_skip.outputs.should_skip != 'true' }} steps: - name: Check out repo uses: actions/checkout@5a4ac9002d0be2fb38bd78e4b4dbde5606d7042f 4 README.md @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ If you've found a problem, you can open an issue using a [template](https://gith #### Solve an issue If you have a solution to one of the open issues, you will need to fork the repository and submit a PR using the [template](https://github.com/github/docs/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md#pull-request-template) that is visible automatically in the pull request body. For more details about this process, please check out [Getting Started with Contributing](/CONTRIBUTING.md). If you have a solution to one of the open issues, you will need to fork the repository and submit a pull request using the [template](https://github.com/github/docs/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md#pull-request-template) that is visible automatically in the pull request body. For more details about this process, please check out [Getting Started with Contributing](/CONTRIBUTING.md). #### Join us in discussions @@ -50,6 +50,8 @@ There are a few more things to know when you're getting started with this repo: In addition to the README you're reading right now, this repo includes other READMEs that describe the purpose of each subdirectory in more detail: - [content/README.md](content/README.md) - [content/graphql/README.md](content/graphql/README.md) - [content/rest/README.md](content/rest/README.md) - [contributing/README.md](contributing/README.md) - [data/README.md](data/README.md) - [data/reusables/README.md](data/reusables/README.md) BIN +164 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignment-group-hero.png Binary file not shown. BIN +75.5 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignment-ide-go-grant-access-button.png Binary file not shown. BIN +175 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignment-individual-hero.png Binary file not shown. BIN +27.6 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignment-repository-ide-button-in-readme.png Binary file not shown. BIN +83.4 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-assign-deadline.png Binary file not shown. BIN +32.4 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-assignment-title.png Binary file not shown. BIN +27.7 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-autograding-click-pencil-or-trash.png Binary file not shown. BIN +72 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-choose-repository-visibility.png Binary file not shown. BIN +20.1 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-click-continue-button.png Binary file not shown. BIN +23.7 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-click-create-assignment-button.png Binary file not shown. BIN +76.4 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-click-grading-and-feedback.png Binary file not shown. BIN +53.1 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-click-new-assignment-button.png Binary file not shown. BIN +134 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-click-online-ide.png Binary file not shown. BIN +77.8 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-click-pencil.png Binary file not shown. BIN +18.8 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-click-review-button.png Binary file not shown. BIN +20.6 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-click-save-test-case-button.png Binary file not shown. BIN +121 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-click-template-repository-in-list.png Binary file not shown. BIN +21.1 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-click-update-assignment.png Binary file not shown. BIN +76.9 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-click-view-ide.png Binary file not shown. BIN +96.5 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-click-view-test.png Binary file not shown. BIN +71.3 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-define-teams.png Binary file not shown. BIN +39.4 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-enable-feedback-pull-requests.png Binary file not shown. BIN +40.4 KB assets/images/help/classroom/assignments-type-protected-file-paths.png Binary file not shown. BIN +330 KB assets/images/help/classroom/autograding-actions-logs.png Binary file not shown. BIN +187 KB assets/images/help/classroom/autograding-actions-tab.png Binary file not shown. BIN +94.9 KB assets/images/help/classroom/autograding-click-grading-method.png Diff not rendered. BIN +57.5 KB assets/images/help/classroom/autograding-click-pencil.png Diff not rendered. BIN +57.7 KB assets/images/help/classroom/autograding-click-trash.png Diff not rendered. BIN +168 KB assets/images/help/classroom/autograding-hero.png Diff not rendered. BIN +154 KB assets/images/help/classroom/classroom-add-students-to-your-roster.png Diff not rendered. BIN +166 KB assets/images/help/classroom/classroom-copy-credentials.png Diff not rendered. BIN +181 KB assets/images/help/classroom/classroom-hero.png Diff not rendered. BIN +48.3 KB assets/images/help/classroom/classroom-settings-click-connection-settings.png Diff not rendered. BIN +94 KB ...ges/help/classroom/classroom-settings-click-disconnect-from-your-lms-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +148 KB assets/images/help/classroom/classroom-settings-click-lms.png Diff not rendered. BIN +149 KB assets/images/help/classroom/click-assignment-in-list.png Diff not rendered. BIN +52.3 KB assets/images/help/classroom/click-classroom-in-list.png Diff not rendered. BIN +49.5 KB assets/images/help/classroom/click-create-classroom-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +30 KB assets/images/help/classroom/click-create-roster-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +78.2 KB assets/images/help/classroom/click-delete-classroom-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +60.8 KB ...images/help/classroom/click-import-from-a-learning-management-system-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +51.9 KB assets/images/help/classroom/click-new-classroom-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +83.4 KB assets/images/help/classroom/click-organization.png Diff not rendered. BIN +28.4 KB assets/images/help/classroom/click-settings.png Diff not rendered. BIN +29.7 KB assets/images/help/classroom/click-students.png Diff not rendered. BIN +60 KB assets/images/help/classroom/click-update-students-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +127 KB assets/images/help/classroom/delete-classroom-click-delete-classroom-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +104 KB assets/images/help/classroom/delete-classroom-modal-with-warning.png Diff not rendered. BIN +264 KB assets/images/help/classroom/ide-makecode-arcade-version-control-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +69.4 KB assets/images/help/classroom/ide-replit-version-control-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +234 KB assets/images/help/classroom/lms-github-classroom-credentials.png Diff not rendered. BIN +955 KB assets/images/help/classroom/probot-settings.gif Diff not rendered. BIN +113 KB assets/images/help/classroom/roster-hero.png Diff not rendered. BIN +40.4 KB assets/images/help/classroom/settings-click-rename-classroom-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +41 KB assets/images/help/classroom/settings-type-classroom-name.png Diff not rendered. BIN +140 KB assets/images/help/classroom/setup-click-authorize-github-classroom.png Diff not rendered. BIN +102 KB assets/images/help/classroom/setup-click-authorize-github.png Diff not rendered. BIN +163 KB assets/images/help/classroom/setup-click-grant.png Diff not rendered. BIN +324 KB assets/images/help/classroom/students-click-delete-roster-button-in-modal.png Diff not rendered. BIN +91.1 KB assets/images/help/classroom/students-click-delete-roster-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +48.2 KB assets/images/help/classroom/type-classroom-name.png Diff not rendered. BIN +174 KB assets/images/help/classroom/type-or-upload-student-identifiers.png Diff not rendered. BIN +83.3 KB assets/images/help/classroom/use-drop-down-then-click-archive.png Diff not rendered. BIN +45.2 KB assets/images/help/classroom/use-drop-down-then-click-unarchive.png Diff not rendered. BIN +55.4 KB assets/images/help/discussions/choose-new-category.png Diff not rendered. BIN +56.8 KB assets/images/help/discussions/click-delete-and-move-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +59.7 KB assets/images/help/discussions/click-delete-discussion.png Diff not rendered. BIN +65.3 KB assets/images/help/discussions/click-delete-for-category.png Diff not rendered. BIN +68.9 KB assets/images/help/discussions/click-delete-this-discussion-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +353 KB assets/images/help/discussions/click-discussion-in-list.png Diff not rendered. BIN +41 KB assets/images/help/discussions/click-edit-categories.png Diff not rendered. BIN +64.3 KB assets/images/help/discussions/click-edit-for-category.png Diff not rendered. BIN +60.2 KB assets/images/help/discussions/click-edit-pinned-discussion.png Diff not rendered. BIN +104 KB assets/images/help/discussions/click-new-category-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +98.2 KB assets/images/help/discussions/click-pin-discussion-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +55.7 KB assets/images/help/discussions/click-pin-discussion.png Diff not rendered. BIN +104 KB assets/images/help/discussions/click-save.png Diff not rendered. BIN +59.9 KB assets/images/help/discussions/click-transfer-discussion-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +60.2 KB assets/images/help/discussions/click-transfer-discussion.png Diff not rendered. BIN +63.3 KB assets/images/help/discussions/click-unpin-discussion-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +59.8 KB assets/images/help/discussions/click-unpin-discussion.png Diff not rendered. BIN +140 KB assets/images/help/discussions/comment-mark-as-answer-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +136 KB assets/images/help/discussions/comment-marked-as-answer.png Diff not rendered. BIN +234 KB assets/images/help/discussions/customize-pinned-discussion.png Diff not rendered. BIN +1.21 MB assets/images/help/discussions/discussons-hero.png Diff not rendered. BIN +139 KB assets/images/help/discussions/edit-category-details.png Diff not rendered. BIN +136 KB assets/images/help/discussions/edit-existing-category-details.png Diff not rendered. BIN +55.5 KB assets/images/help/discussions/existing-category-click-save-changes-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +680 KB assets/images/help/discussions/hero.png Diff not rendered. BIN +307 KB assets/images/help/discussions/most-helpful.png Diff not rendered. BIN +52.9 KB assets/images/help/discussions/new-category-click-create-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +132 KB assets/images/help/discussions/new-discussion-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +140 KB assets/images/help/discussions/new-discussion-select-category-dropdown-menu.png Diff not rendered. BIN +46.7 KB assets/images/help/discussions/new-discussion-start-discussion-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +108 KB assets/images/help/discussions/new-discussion-title-and-body-fields.png Diff not rendered. BIN +23.1 KB assets/images/help/discussions/public-repo-settings.png Diff not rendered. BIN +49.5 KB assets/images/help/discussions/repository-discussions-tab.png Diff not rendered. BIN +51.8 KB assets/images/help/discussions/search-and-filter-controls.png Diff not rendered. BIN +44.4 KB assets/images/help/discussions/search-result.png Diff not rendered. BIN +35.4 KB assets/images/help/discussions/select-discussions-checkbox.png Diff not rendered. BIN +44.8 KB assets/images/help/discussions/setup-discussions-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +95.9 KB assets/images/help/discussions/toggle-allow-users-with-read-access-checkbox.png Diff not rendered. BIN +73 KB assets/images/help/discussions/unanswered-discussion.png Diff not rendered. BIN +81.3 KB assets/images/help/discussions/use-choose-a-repository-drop-down.png Diff not rendered. BIN +30.3 KB assets/images/help/discussions/your-discussions.png Diff not rendered. BIN +563 KB assets/images/help/education/click-get-teacher-benefits.png Diff not rendered. BIN +116 KB assets/images/help/images/overview-actions-result-navigate.png Diff not rendered. BIN +150 KB assets/images/help/images/overview-actions-result-updated-2.png Diff not rendered. BIN +128 KB assets/images/help/images/workflow-graph-job.png Diff not rendered. BIN +135 KB assets/images/help/images/workflow-graph.png Diff not rendered. BIN +5.46 KB assets/images/help/organizations/update-profile-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +44.6 KB assets/images/help/pull_requests/dependency-review-rich-diff.png Diff not rendered. BIN +24.6 KB assets/images/help/pull_requests/dependency-review-source-diff.png Diff not rendered. BIN +214 KB assets/images/help/pull_requests/dependency-review-vulnerability.png Diff not rendered. BIN +105 KB assets/images/help/pull_requests/file-filter-menu-json.png Diff not rendered. BIN +22.5 KB (510%) assets/images/help/pull_requests/pull-request-tabs-changed-files.png Diff not rendered. BIN +45.2 KB assets/images/help/repository/actions-delete-artifact-updated.png Diff not rendered. BIN +122 KB assets/images/help/repository/actions-failed-pester-test-updated.png Diff not rendered. BIN +45.4 KB assets/images/help/repository/artifact-drop-down-updated.png Diff not rendered. BIN +54.5 KB assets/images/help/repository/cancel-check-suite-updated.png Diff not rendered. BIN +120 KB assets/images/help/repository/copy-link-button-updated-2.png Diff not rendered. BIN +77.6 KB assets/images/help/repository/delete-all-logs-updated-2.png Diff not rendered. BIN +326 KB assets/images/help/repository/docker-action-workflow-run-updated.png Diff not rendered. BIN +84.6 KB assets/images/help/repository/download-logs-drop-down-updated-2.png Diff not rendered. BIN +170 KB assets/images/help/repository/in-progress-run.png Diff not rendered. BIN +124 KB assets/images/help/repository/javascript-action-workflow-run-updated-2.png Diff not rendered. BIN +116 KB assets/images/help/repository/passing-data-between-jobs-in-a-workflow-updated.png Diff not rendered. BIN +80.8 KB assets/images/help/repository/rerun-checks-drop-down-updated.png Diff not rendered. BIN +41.2 KB assets/images/help/repository/search-log-box-updated-2.png Diff not rendered. BIN +133 KB assets/images/help/repository/super-linter-workflow-results-updated-2.png Diff not rendered. BIN +97.5 KB assets/images/help/repository/superlinter-lint-code-base-job-updated.png Diff not rendered. BIN -128 KB assets/images/help/repository/upload-build-test-artifact.png Diff not rendered. BIN +27.5 KB (170%) assets/images/help/repository/view-run-billable-time.png Diff not rendered. BIN +54.8 KB assets/images/help/repository/workflow-run-kebab-horizontal-icon-updated-2.png Diff not rendered. BIN +7.54 KB assets/images/help/settings/appearance-tab.png Diff not rendered. BIN +39.7 KB assets/images/help/settings/theme-settings-radio-buttons.png Diff not rendered. BIN +11.1 KB assets/images/help/settings/update-theme-preference-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +22.5 KB assets/images/help/sponsors/billing-account-switcher.png Diff not rendered. BIN +6.37 KB (150%) assets/images/help/sponsors/edit-sponsorship-payment-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +34.8 KB assets/images/help/sponsors/link-account-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +12.8 KB (170%) assets/images/help/sponsors/manage-your-sponsorship-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +20.6 KB assets/images/help/sponsors/organization-update-email-textbox.png Diff not rendered. BIN +13.5 KB assets/images/help/sponsors/pay-prorated-amount-link.png Diff not rendered. BIN +34.7 KB assets/images/help/sponsors/select-an-account-drop-down.png Diff not rendered. BIN +17 KB assets/images/help/sponsors/sponsor-as-drop-down-menu.png Diff not rendered. BIN +15.8 KB assets/images/help/sponsors/sponsoring-as-drop-down-menu.png Diff not rendered. BIN +16.1 KB assets/images/help/sponsors/sponsoring-settings-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +29.5 KB assets/images/help/sponsors/sponsoring-tab.png Diff not rendered. BIN +7.91 KB assets/images/help/sponsors/update-checkbox-manage.png Diff not rendered. BIN +43 KB (160%) assets/images/marketplace/marketplace-request-button.png Diff not rendered. BIN +53.6 KB assets/images/marketplace/marketplace_verified_creator_badges_apps.png Diff not rendered. 6 content/actions/creating-actions/creating-a-docker-container-action.md @@ -226,6 +226,10 @@ jobs: ``` {% endraw %} From your repository, click the **Actions** tab, and select the latest workflow run. You should see "Hello Mona the Octocat" or the name you used for the `who-to-greet` input and the timestamp printed in the log. From your repository, click the **Actions** tab, and select the latest workflow run. {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}Under **Jobs** or in the visualization graph, click **A job to say hello**. {% endif %}You should see "Hello Mona the Octocat" or the name you used for the `who-to-greet` input and the timestamp printed in the log. {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}  {% else %}  {% endif %} 6 content/actions/creating-actions/creating-a-javascript-action.md @@ -261,9 +261,11 @@ jobs: ``` {% endraw %} From your repository, click the **Actions** tab, and select the latest workflow run. You should see "Hello Mona the Octocat" or the name you used for the `who-to-greet` input and the timestamp printed in the log. From your repository, click the **Actions** tab, and select the latest workflow run. {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}Under **Jobs** or in the visualization graph, click **A job to say hello**. {% endif %}You should see "Hello Mona the Octocat" or the name you used for the `who-to-greet` input and the timestamp printed in the log. {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@2.22" %} {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}  {% elsif currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@2.22" %}  {% else %}  4 content/actions/guides/about-packaging-with-github-actions.md @@ -25,7 +25,11 @@ Creating a package at the end of a continuous integration workflow can help duri Now, when reviewing a pull request, you'll be able to look at the workflow run and download the artifact that was produced. {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}  {% else %}  {% endif %} This will let you run the code in the pull request on your machine, which can help with debugging or testing the pull request. 4 content/actions/guides/building-and-testing-powershell.md @@ -60,7 +60,11 @@ jobs: * `run: Test-Path resultsfile.log` - Check whether a file called `resultsfile.log` is present in the repository's root directory. * `Should -Be $true` - Uses Pester to define an expected result. If the result is unexpected, then {% data variables.product.prodname_actions %} flags this as a failed test. For example: {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}  {% else %}  {% endif %} * `Invoke-Pester Unit.Tests.ps1 -Passthru` - Uses Pester to execute tests defined in a file called `Unit.Tests.ps1`. For example, to perform the same test described above, the `Unit.Tests.ps1` will contain the following: ``` 7 content/actions/guides/storing-workflow-data-as-artifacts.md @@ -108,8 +108,6 @@ jobs: path: output/test/code-coverage.html ```  {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@2.22" %} ### Configuring a custom artifact retention period @@ -238,7 +236,12 @@ jobs: echo The result is $value ``` The workflow run will archive any artifacts that it generated. For more information on downloading archived artifacts, see "[Downloading workflow artifacts](/actions/managing-workflow-runs/downloading-workflow-artifacts)." {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}  {% else %}  {% endif %} {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" %} 8 content/actions/index.md @@ -68,18 +68,18 @@ versions: <h2 class="mb-2 font-mktg h1">Code examples</h2> <div class="pr-lg-3 mb-5 mt-3"> <input class="js-code-example-filter input-lg py-2 px-3 col-12 col-lg-8 form-control" placeholder="Search code examples" type="search" autocomplete="off" aria-label="Search code examples"/> <input class="js-filter-card-filter input-lg py-2 px-3 col-12 col-lg-8 form-control" placeholder="Search code examples" type="search" autocomplete="off" aria-label="Search code examples"/> </div> <div class="d-flex flex-wrap gutter"> {% render 'code-example-card' for actionsCodeExamples as example %} </div> <button class="js-code-example-show-more btn btn-outline float-right">Show more {% octicon "arrow-right" %}</button> <button class="js-filter-card-show-more btn btn-outline float-right">Show more {% octicon "arrow-right" %}</button> <div class="js-code-example-no-results d-none py-4 text-center text-gray font-mktg"> <div class="js-filter-card-no-results d-none py-4 text-center text-gray font-mktg"> <div class="mb-3">{% octicon "search" width="24" %}</div> <h3 class="text-normal">Sorry, there is no result for <strong class="js-code-example-filter-value"></strong></h3> <h3 class="text-normal">Sorry, there is no result for <strong class="js-filter-card-value"></strong></h3> <p class="my-3 f4">It looks like we don't have an example that fits your filter.<br>Try another filter or add your code example</p> <a href="https://github.com/github/docs/blob/main/data/variables/action_code_examples.yml">Learn how to add a code example {% octicon "arrow-right" %}</a> </div> 11 content/actions/learn-github-actions/introduction-to-github-actions.md @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ In this diagram, you can see the workflow file you just created and how the {% d ### Viewing the job's activity Once your job has started running, you can view each step's activity on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}. Once your job has started running, you can {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}see a visualization graph of the run's progress and {% endif %}view each step's activity on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}. {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} 1. Under your repository name, click **Actions**. @@ -213,7 +213,14 @@ Once your job has started running, you can view each step's activity on {% data  1. Under "Workflow runs", click the name of the run you want to see.  {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@2.22" %} {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %} 1. Under **Jobs** or in the visualization graph, click the job you want to see.  {% endif %} {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %} 1. View the results of each step.  {% elsif currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@2.22" %} 1. Click on the job name to see the results of each step.  {% else %} 7 content/actions/managing-workflow-runs/canceling-a-workflow.md @@ -17,9 +17,14 @@ versions: {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.repositories.actions-tab %} {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-workflow %} {% data reusables.repositories.view-run %} 1. From the list of workflow runs, click the name of the `queued` or `in progress` run that you want to cancel.  1. In the upper-right corner of the workflow, click **Cancel workflow**. {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}  {% else %}  {% endif %} ### Steps {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} takes to cancel a workflow run 4 content/actions/managing-workflow-runs/downloading-workflow-artifacts.md @@ -20,4 +20,8 @@ versions: {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-workflow %} {% data reusables.repositories.view-run %} 1. Under **Artifacts**, click the artifact you want to download. {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}  {% else %}  {% endif %} 1 content/actions/managing-workflow-runs/index.md @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ versions: {% data reusables.actions.enterprise-beta %} {% data reusables.actions.enterprise-github-hosted-runners %} {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}{% link_in_list /using-the-visualization-graph %}{% endif %} {% link_in_list /viewing-workflow-run-history %} {% link_in_list /using-workflow-run-logs %} {% link_in_list /manually-running-a-workflow %} 3 content/actions/managing-workflow-runs/re-running-a-workflow.md @@ -16,5 +16,4 @@ versions: {% data reusables.repositories.actions-tab %} {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-workflow %} {% data reusables.repositories.view-run %} 1. In the upper-right corner of the workflow, use the **Re-run jobs** drop-down menu, and select **Re-run all jobs**.  1. In the upper-right corner of the workflow, use the **Re-run jobs** drop-down menu, and select **Re-run all jobs**.{% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}{% else %}{% endif %} 4 content/actions/managing-workflow-runs/removing-workflow-artifacts.md @@ -27,7 +27,11 @@ versions: {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-workflow %} {% data reusables.repositories.view-run %} 1. Under **Artifacts**, click {% octicon "trashcan" aria-label="The trashcan icon" %} next to the artifact you want to remove. {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}  {% else %}  {% endif %} {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@2.22" %} ### Setting the retention period for an artifact 23 content/actions/managing-workflow-runs/using-the-visualization-graph.md @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ --- title: Using the visualization graph intro: Every workflow run generates a real-time graph that illustrates the run progress. You can use this graph to monitor and debug workflows. product: '{% data reusables.gated-features.actions %}' versions: free-pro-team: '*' enterprise-server: '>=3.1' --- {% data reusables.actions.enterprise-beta %} {% data reusables.actions.visualization-beta %} {% data reusables.actions.enterprise-github-hosted-runners %} {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.repositories.actions-tab %} {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-workflow %} {% data reusables.repositories.view-run %} 1. The graph displays each job in the workflow. An icon to the left of the job name indicates the status of the job. Lines between jobs indicate dependencies.  2. Click on a job to view the job log.  18 content/actions/managing-workflow-runs/using-workflow-run-logs.md @@ -45,7 +45,11 @@ You can search the build logs for a particular step. When you search logs, only {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-job-superlinter %} {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@2.22" %} 1. In the upper-right corner of the log output, in the **Search logs** search box, type a search query. {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}  {% else %}  {% endif %} {% else %} 1. To expand each step you want to include in your search, click the step.  @@ -63,8 +67,12 @@ You can download the log files from your workflow run. You can also download a w {% data reusables.repositories.view-run-superlinter %} {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-job-superlinter %} {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@2.22" %} 1. In the upper right corner, click {% octicon "kebab-horizontal" aria-label="The horizontal kebab icon" %} and select **Download log archive**. 1. In the upper right corner, click {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}{% octicon "gear" aria-label="The gear icon" %}{% else %}{% octicon "kebab-horizontal" aria-label="The horizontal kebab icon" %}{% endif %} and select **Download log archive**. {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}  {% else %}  {% endif %} {% else %} 1. In the upper right corner, click {% octicon "kebab-horizontal" aria-label="The horizontal kebab icon" %} and select **Download log archive**.  @@ -80,9 +88,17 @@ You can delete the log files from your workflow run. {% data reusables.repositor {% data reusables.repositories.view-run-superlinter %} {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@2.22" %} 1. In the upper right corner, click {% octicon "kebab-horizontal" aria-label="The horizontal kebab icon" %}. {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}  {% else %}  {% endif %} 2. To delete the log files, click the **Delete all logs** button and review the confirmation prompt. {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %}  {% else %}  {% endif %} After deleting logs, the **Delete all logs** button is removed to indicate that no log files remain in the workflow run. {% else %} 1. In the upper right corner, click {% octicon "kebab-horizontal" aria-label="The horizontal kebab icon" %}. 2 content/actions/managing-workflow-runs/viewing-job-execution-time.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Billable job execution minutes are only shown for jobs run on private repositori {% data reusables.repositories.actions-tab %} {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-workflow %} {% data reusables.repositories.view-run %} 1. Under the job summary, you can view the job's execution time. To view the billable job execution time, click **Run and billable time details**. 1. Under the job summary, you can view the job's execution time. To view details about the billable job execution time, click the time under **Billable time**.  {% note %} 5 content/actions/quickstart.md @@ -60,8 +60,13 @@ Committing the workflow file in your repository triggers the `push` event and ru {% data reusables.repositories.actions-tab %} {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-workflow-superlinter %} {% data reusables.repositories.view-run-superlinter %} {% if currentVersion == "free-pro-team@latest" or currentVersion ver_gt "enterprise-server@3.0" %} 1. Under **Jobs** or in the visualization graph, click the **Lint code base** job.  {% else %} 1. In the left sidebar, click the **Lint code base** job.  {% endif %} {% data reusables.repositories.view-failed-job-results-superlinter %} ### More starter workflows 49 content/developers/github-marketplace/about-github-marketplace.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: About GitHub Marketplace intro: 'Learn the basics to prepare your app for review before joining {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}.' intro: 'Learn about {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} where you can share your apps and actions publicly with all {% data variables.product.product_name %} users.' redirect_from: - /apps/marketplace/getting-started/ - /marketplace/getting-started @@ -14,52 +14,41 @@ versions: {% data reusables.actions.actions-not-verified %} To learn about publishing {% data variables.product.prodname_actions %} in the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, see "[Publishing actions in GitHub Marketplace](/actions/creating-actions/publishing-actions-in-github-marketplace)." To learn about publishing {% data variables.product.prodname_actions %} in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, see "[Publishing actions in GitHub Marketplace](/actions/creating-actions/publishing-actions-in-github-marketplace)." ### Apps You can list verified and unverified apps in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}. Unverified apps do not go through the security, testing, and verification cycle {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} requires for verified apps. Anyone can share their apps with other users on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} but only listings that are verified by {% data variables.product.company_short %} can include paid plans. For more information, see "[About verified creators](/developers/github-marketplace/about-verified-creators)." Verified apps have a green badge in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}. Unverified apps have a grey badge next to their listing and are only available as free apps. If you're interested in creating an app for {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, but you're new to {% data variables.product.prodname_github_apps %} or {% data variables.product.prodname_oauth_app %}s, see "[Building {% data variables.product.prodname_github_apps %}](/developers/apps/building-github-apps)" or "[Building {% data variables.product.prodname_oauth_app %}s](/developers/apps/building-oauth-apps)."  If you're interested in creating an app for {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, but you're new to {% data variables.product.prodname_github_apps %} and {% data variables.product.prodname_oauth_app %}s, see "[Building apps](/apps/)." {% data reusables.marketplace.github_apps_preferred %}, although you can list both OAuth and {% data variables.product.prodname_github_app %}s in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}. See "[Differences between GitHub and OAuth apps](/apps/differences-between-apps/)" for more details. To learn more about switching from OAuth to {% data variables.product.prodname_github_apps %}, see [Migrating OAuth Apps to {% data variables.product.prodname_github_app %}s](/apps/migrating-oauth-apps-to-github-apps/). {% data reusables.marketplace.github_apps_preferred %}, although you can list both OAuth and {% data variables.product.prodname_github_app %}s in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}. For more information, see "[Differences between {% data variables.product.prodname_github_apps %} and {% data variables.product.prodname_oauth_app %}s](/apps/differences-between-apps/)" and "[Migrating {% data variables.product.prodname_oauth_app %}s to {% data variables.product.prodname_github_apps %}](/apps/migrating-oauth-apps-to-github-apps/)." If you have questions about {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, please contact {% data variables.contact.contact_support %} directly. #### Unverified Apps Unverified apps do not need to meet the "[Requirements for listing an app on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}](/marketplace/getting-started/requirements-for-listing-an-app-on-github-marketplace/)" or go through the "[Security review process](/marketplace/getting-started/security-review-process/)". {% data reusables.marketplace.unverified-apps %} Having a published paid plan will prevent you from being able to submit an unverified app. You must remove paid plans or keep them in draft mode before publishing an unverified app. To list your unverified app in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, you only need to create a "[Listing on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}](/marketplace/listing-on-github-marketplace/)" and submit it as an unverified listing. {% data reusables.marketplace.launch-with-free %} ### Publishing an app to {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} #### Verified Apps When you have finished creating your app, you can share it with other users by publishing it to {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}. In summary, the process is: If you've already built an app and you're interested in submitting a verified listing in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, start here: 1. Review your app carefully to ensure that it will behave as expected in other repositories and that it follows best practice guidelines. For more information, see "[Security best practices for apps](/developers/github-marketplace/security-best-practices-for-apps)" and "[Requirements for listing an app](/developers/github-marketplace/requirements-for-listing-an-app#best-practice-for-customer-experience)." 1. [Getting started with {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}](/marketplace/getting-started/)<br/>Learn about requirements, guidelines, and the app submission process. 1. Add webhook events to the app to track user billing requests. For more information about the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} API, webhook events, and billing requests, see "[Using the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} API in your app](/developers/github-marketplace/using-the-github-marketplace-api-in-your-app)." 1. [Integrating with the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} API](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/)<br/>Before you can list your app on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, you'll need to integrate billing flows using the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} API and webhook events. 1. Create a draft {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing. For more information, see "[Drafting a listing for your app](/developers/github-marketplace/drafting-a-listing-for-your-app)." 1. [Listing on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}](/marketplace/listing-on-github-marketplace/) <br/>Create a draft {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing, configure webhook settings, and set up pricing plans. 1. Add a pricing plan. For more information, see "[Setting pricing plans for your listing](/developers/github-marketplace/setting-pricing-plans-for-your-listing)." 1. [Selling your app](/marketplace/selling-your-app/)<br/>Learn about pricing plans, billing cycles, and how to receive payment from {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} for your app. 1. Check whether your app meets the requirements for listing on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} as a free or a paid app. For more information, see "[Requirements for listing an app](/developers/github-marketplace/requirements-for-listing-an-app)." 1. [{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} Insights](/marketplace/github-marketplace-insights/)<br/>See how your app is performing in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}. You can use metrics collected by {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} to guide your marketing campaign and be successful in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}. 1. Read and accept the terms of the "[{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} Developer Agreement](/articles/github-marketplace-developer-agreement/)." 1. [{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} transactions](/marketplace/github-marketplace-transactions/)<br/>Download and view transaction data for your {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing. 1. Submit your listing for publication in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, requesting verification if you want to sell the app. For more information, see "[Submitting your listing for publication](/developers/github-marketplace/submitting-your-listing-for-publication)." ### Reviewing your app An onboarding expert will contact you with any questions or further steps. For example, if you have added a paid plan, you will need to complete the verification process and complete financial onboarding. As soon as your listing is approved the app is published to {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}. We want to make sure that the apps offered on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} are safe, secure, and well tested. The {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} onboarding specialists will review your app to ensure that it meets all requirements. Follow the guidelines in these articles before submitting your app: ### Seeing how your app is performing You can access metrics and transactions for your listing. For more information, see: * [Requirements for listing an app on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}](/marketplace/getting-started/requirements-for-listing-an-app-on-github-marketplace/) * [Security review process](/marketplace/getting-started/security-review-process/) - "[Viewing metrics for your listing](/developers/github-marketplace/viewing-metrics-for-your-listing)" - "[Viewing transactions for your listing](/developers/github-marketplace/viewing-transactions-for-your-listing)" 43 content/developers/github-marketplace/about-verified-creators.md @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ --- title: About verified creators intro: 'Each organization that wants to sell apps on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} must follow a verification process. Their identity is checked and their billing process reviewed.' versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- ### About verified creators A verified creator is an organization that {% data variables.product.company_short %} has checked. Anyone can share their apps with other users on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} but only organizations that are verified by {% data variables.product.company_short %} can sell apps. For more information about organizations, see "[About organizations](/github/setting-up-and-managing-organizations-and-teams/about-organizations)." The verification process aims to protect users. For example, it verifies the seller's identity, checks that their {% data variables.product.product_name %} organization is set up securely, and that they can be contacted for support. After passing the verification checks, any apps that the organization lists on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} are shown with a verified creator badge {% octicon "verified" aria-label="Verified creator badge" %}. The organization can now add paid plans to any of their apps. Each app with a paid plan also goes through a financial onboarding process to check that it's set up to handle billing correctly.  In addition to the verified creator badge, you'll also see badges for unverified and verified apps. These apps were published using the old method for verifying individual apps.  For information on finding apps to use, see "[Searching {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}](/github/searching-for-information-on-github/searching-github-marketplace)." ### About the verification process The first time you request verification for a listing of one of your apps, you will enter the verification process. An onboarding expert will guide you through the process. This includes checking: - Profile information - The basic profile information is populated accurately and appropriately. - Security - The organization has enabled two-factor authentication. - Verified domain - The organization has verified the domain of the site URL. - Purchase webhook event - The event is handled correctly by the app. When your organization is verified, all your apps are shown with a verified creator badge. You are now able to offer paid plans for any of your apps. For more information about the requirements for listing an app on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, see "[Requirements for listing an app on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}](/marketplace/getting-started/requirements-for-listing-an-app-on-github-marketplace/)." {% data reusables.marketplace.app-transfer-to-org-for-verification %} For information on how to do this, see: "[Submitting your listing for publication](/developers/github-marketplace/submitting-your-listing-for-publication#transferring-an-app-to-an-organization-before-you-submit)." {% note %} **Note:** This verification process for apps replaces the previous process where individual apps were verified. The current process is similar to the verification process for actions. If you have apps that were verified under the old process, these will not be affected by the changes. The {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} team will contact you with details of how to migrate to organization-based verification. {% endnote %} 12 content/developers/github-marketplace/billing-customers.md @@ -13,17 +13,17 @@ versions: ### Understanding the billing cycle Customers can choose a monthly or yearly billing cycle when they purchase your app. All changes customers make to the billing cycle and plan selection will trigger a `marketplace_purchase` event. You can refer to the `marketplace_purchase` webhook payload to see which billing cycle a customer selects and when the next billing date begins (`effective_date`). For more information about webhook payloads, see "[{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} webhook events](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/github-marketplace-webhook-events/)." Customers can choose a monthly or yearly billing cycle when they purchase your app. All changes customers make to the billing cycle and plan selection will trigger a `marketplace_purchase` event. You can refer to the `marketplace_purchase` webhook payload to see which billing cycle a customer selects and when the next billing date begins (`effective_date`). For more information about webhook payloads, see "[Webhook events for the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} API](/developers/github-marketplace/webhook-events-for-the-github-marketplace-api)." ### Providing billing services in your app's UI Customers must be able to perform the following actions from your app's website: - Customers must be able to modify or cancel their {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} plans for personal and organizational accounts separately. Customers should be able to perform the following actions from your app's website: - Customers should be able to modify or cancel their {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} plans for personal and organizational accounts separately. {% data reusables.marketplace.marketplace-billing-ui-requirements %} ### Billing services for upgrades, downgrades, and cancellations Follow these guidelines for upgrades, downgrades, and cancellations to maintain a clear and consistent billing process. For more detailed instructions about the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} purchase events, see "[Billing flows](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/#billing-flows)." Follow these guidelines for upgrades, downgrades, and cancellations to maintain a clear and consistent billing process. For more detailed instructions about the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} purchase events, see "[Using the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} API in your app](/developers/github-marketplace/using-the-github-marketplace-api-in-your-app)." You can use the `marketplace_purchase` webhook's `effective_date` key to determine when a plan change will occur and periodically synchronize the [List accounts for a plan](/rest/reference/apps#list-accounts-for-a-plan). @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ When a customer upgrades their pricing plan or changes their billing cycle from {% data reusables.marketplace.marketplace-failed-purchase-event %} For information about building upgrade and downgrade workflows into your app, see "[Upgrading and downgrading plans](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/upgrading-and-downgrading-plans/)." For information about building upgrade and downgrade workflows into your app, see "[Handling plan changes](/developers/github-marketplace/handling-plan-changes)." #### Downgrades and cancellations @@ -45,4 +45,4 @@ When a customer cancels a plan, you must: {% data reusables.marketplace.cancellation-clarification %} - Enable them to upgrade the plan through GitHub if they would like to continue the plan at a later time. For information about building cancellation workflows into your app, see "[Cancelling plans](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/cancelling-plans/)." For information about building cancellation workflows into your app, see "[Handling plan cancellations](/developers/github-marketplace/handling-plan-cancellations)." 20 ...nt/developers/github-marketplace/customer-experience-best-practices-for-apps.md @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ --- title: Customer experience best practices for apps intro: 'Guidelines for creating an app that will be easy to use and understand.' shortTitle: Customer experience best practice versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- If you follow these best practices it will help you to provide a good customer experience. ### Customer communication - Marketing materials for the app should accurately represent the app's behavior. - Apps should include links to user-facing documentation that describe how to set up and use the app. - Customers should be able to see what type of plan they have in the billing, profile, or account settings section of the app. - Customers should be able to install and use your app on both a personal account and an organization account. They should be able to view and manage the app on those accounts separately. ### Plan management {% data reusables.marketplace.marketplace-billing-ui-requirements %} 4 content/developers/github-marketplace/drafting-a-listing-for-your-app.md @@ -59,8 +59,8 @@ Once you've created a {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} draft li ### Submitting your app Once you've completed your {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing, you can submit your listing for review from the **Overview** page. You'll need to read and accept the "[{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} Developer Agreement](/articles/github-marketplace-developer-agreement/)," and then you can click **Submit for review**. After you submit your app for review, the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} onboarding team will contact you with additional information about the onboarding process. You can learn more about the onboarding and security review process in "[Getting started with {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}](/marketplace/getting-started/)." Once you've completed your {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing, you can submit your listing for review from the **Overview** page. You'll need to read and accept the "[{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} Developer Agreement](/articles/github-marketplace-developer-agreement/)," and then you can click **Submit for review**. After you submit your app for review, an onboarding expert will contact you with additional information about the onboarding process. You can learn more about the onboarding and security review process in "[Getting started with {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}](/marketplace/getting-started/)." ### Removing a {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing If you no longer want to list your app in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, contact [marketplace@github.com](mailto:marketplace@github.com) to remove your listing. If you no longer want to list your app in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, contact {% data variables.contact.contact_support %} to remove your listing. 2 content/developers/github-marketplace/handling-new-purchases-and-free-trials.md @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ GitHub then sends the [`marketplace_purchase`](/webhooks/event-payloads/#marketp Read the `effective_date` and `marketplace_purchase` object from the `marketplace_purchase` webhook to determine which plan the customer purchased, when the billing cycle starts, and when the next billing cycle begins. If your app offers a free trial, read the `marketplace_purchase[on_free_trial]` attribute from the webhook. If the value is `true`, your app will need to track the free trial start date (`effective_date`) and the date the free trial ends (`free_trial_ends_on`). Use the `free_trial_ends_on` date to display the remaining days left in a free trial in your app's UI. You can do this in either a banner or in your [billing UI](/marketplace/selling-your-app/billing-customers-in-github-marketplace/#providing-billing-services-in-your-apps-ui). To learn how to handle cancellations before a free trial ends, see "[Cancelling plans](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/cancelling-plans/)." See "[Upgrading and downgrading plans](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/upgrading-and-downgrading-plans/)" to find out how to transition a free trial to a paid plan when a free trial expires. If your app offers a free trial, read the `marketplace_purchase[on_free_trial]` attribute from the webhook. If the value is `true`, your app will need to track the free trial start date (`effective_date`) and the date the free trial ends (`free_trial_ends_on`). Use the `free_trial_ends_on` date to display the remaining days left in a free trial in your app's UI. You can do this in either a banner or in your [billing UI](/marketplace/selling-your-app/billing-customers-in-github-marketplace/#providing-billing-services-in-your-apps-ui). To learn how to handle cancellations before a free trial ends, see "[Handling plan cancellations](/developers/github-marketplace/handling-plan-cancellations)." See "[Handling plan changes](/developers/github-marketplace/handling-plan-changes)" to find out how to transition a free trial to a paid plan when a free trial expires. See "[{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} webhook events](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/github-marketplace-webhook-events/)" for an example of the `marketplace_purchase` event payload. 6 content/developers/github-marketplace/index.md @@ -11,8 +11,10 @@ versions: {% topic_link_in_list /creating-apps-for-github-marketplace %} {% link_in_list /about-github-marketplace %} {% link_in_list /about-verified-creators %} {% link_in_list /requirements-for-listing-an-app %} {% link_in_list /security-review-process-for-submitted-apps %} {% link_in_list /security-best-practices-for-apps %} {% link_in_list /customer-experience-best-practices-for-apps %} {% link_in_list /viewing-metrics-for-your-listing %} {% link_in_list /viewing-transactions-for-your-listing %} {% topic_link_in_list /using-the-github-marketplace-api-in-your-app %} @@ -27,7 +29,7 @@ versions: {% link_in_list /writing-a-listing-description-for-your-app %} {% link_in_list /setting-pricing-plans-for-your-listing %} {% link_in_list /configuring-a-webhook-to-notify-you-of-plan-changes %} {% link_in_list /submitting-your-listing-for-review %} {% link_in_list /submitting-your-listing-for-publication %} {% topic_link_in_list /selling-your-app-on-github-marketplace %} {% link_in_list /pricing-plans-for-github-marketplace-apps %} {% link_in_list /billing-customers %} 32 content/developers/github-marketplace/pricing-plans-for-github-marketplace-apps.md @@ -10,35 +10,45 @@ versions: {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} pricing plans can be free, flat rate, or per-unit, and GitHub lists the price in US dollars. Customers purchase your app using a payment method attached to their {% data variables.product.product_name %} account, without having to leave GitHub.com. You don't have to write code to perform billing transactions, but you will have to handle [billing flows](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/#billing-flows) for purchase events. {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} pricing plans can be free, flat rate, or per-unit. Prices are set, displayed, and processed in US dollars. Paid plans are restricted to verified listings. Customers purchase your app using a payment method attached to their {% data variables.product.product_name %} account, without having to leave {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom_the_website %}. You don't have to write code to perform billing transactions, but you will have to handle events from the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} API. For more information, see "[Using the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} API in your app](/developers/github-marketplace/using-the-github-marketplace-api-in-your-app)." If the app you're listing on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} has multiple plan options, you can set up corresponding pricing plans. For example, if your app has two plan options, an open source plan and a pro plan, you can set up a free pricing plan for your open source plan and a flat pricing plan for your pro plan. Each {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing must have an annual and a monthly price for every plan that's listed. For more information on how to create a pricing plan, see "[Setting a {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing's pricing plan](/marketplace/listing-on-github-marketplace/setting-a-github-marketplace-listing-s-pricing-plan/)." {% note %} {% data reusables.marketplace.free-plan-note %} **Note:** If you're listing an app on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, you can't list your app with a free pricing plan if you offer a paid service outside of {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}. ### Types of pricing plans {% endnote %} #### Free pricing plans ### Types of pricing plans {% data reusables.marketplace.free-apps-encouraged %} Free plans are completely free for users. If you set up a free pricing plan, you cannot charge users that choose the free pricing plan for the use of your app. You can create both free and paid plans for your listing. All apps need to handle events for new purchases and cancellations. Apps that only have free plans do not need to handle events for free trials, upgrades, and downgrades. For more information, see: "[Using the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} API in your app](/developers/github-marketplace/using-the-github-marketplace-api-in-your-app)." If you add a paid plan to an app that you've already listed in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} as a free service, you'll need to request verification for the app and go through financial onboarding. #### Paid pricing plans **Free pricing plans** are completely free for users. If you set up a free pricing plan, you cannot charge users that choose the free pricing plan for the use of your app. You can create both free and paid plans for your listing. Unverified free apps do not need to implement any billing flows. Free apps that are verified by Github need to implement billing flows for new purchases and cancellations, but do not need to implement billing flows for free trials, upgrades, and downgrades. If you add a paid plan to an app that you've already listed in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} as a free service, you'll need to resubmit the app for review. There are two types of paid pricing plan: **Flat rate pricing plans** charge a set fee on a monthly and yearly basis. - Flat rate pricing plans charge a set fee on a monthly and yearly basis. **Per-unit pricing plans** charge a set fee on either a monthly or yearly basis for a unit that you specify. A "unit" can be anything you'd like (for example, a user, seat, or person). - Per-unit pricing plans charge a set fee on either a monthly or yearly basis for a unit that you specify. A "unit" can be anything you'd like (for example, a user, seat, or person). **Marketplace free trials** provide 14-day free trials of OAuth or GitHub Apps to customers. When you [set up a Marketplace pricing plan](/marketplace/listing-on-github-marketplace/setting-a-github-marketplace-listing-s-pricing-plan/), you can select the option to provide a free trial for flat-rate or per-unit pricing plans. You may also want to offer free trials. These provide free, 14-day trials of OAuth or GitHub Apps to customers. When you set up a Marketplace pricing plan, you can select the option to provide a free trial for flat-rate or per-unit pricing plans. ### Free trials Customers can start a free trial for any available paid plan on a Marketplace listing, but will not be able to create more than one free trial for a Marketplace product. Customers can start a free trial for any paid plan on a Marketplace listing that includes free trials. However, customers cannot create more than one free trial per marketplace product. Free trials have a fixed length of 14 days. Customers are notified 4 days before the end of their trial period (on day 11 of the free trial) that their plan will be upgraded. At the end of a free trial, customers will be auto-enrolled into the plan they are trialing if they do not cancel. See "[New purchases and free trials](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/handling-new-purchases-and-free-trials/)" for details on how to handle free trials in your app. For more information, see: "[Handling new purchases and free trials](/developers/github-marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/handling-new-purchases-and-free-trials/)." {% note %} 61 content/developers/github-marketplace/requirements-for-listing-an-app.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Requirements for listing an app intro: 'Apps on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} must meet the requirements outlined on this page before our {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} onboarding specialists will approve the listing.' intro: 'Apps on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} must meet the requirements outlined on this page before the listing can be published.' redirect_from: - /apps/adding-integrations/listing-apps-on-github-marketplace/requirements-for-listing-an-app-on-github-marketplace/ - /apps/marketplace/listing-apps-on-github-marketplace/requirements-for-listing-an-app-on-github-marketplace/ @@ -12,49 +12,62 @@ versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- <!--UI-LINK: Displayed as a link on the https://github.com/marketplace/new page.--> The requirements for listing an app on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} vary according to whether you want to offer a free or a paid app. Before you submit your app for review, you must read and accept the terms of the "[{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} Developer Agreement](/articles/github-marketplace-developer-agreement/)." You'll accept the terms within your [draft listing](/marketplace/listing-on-github-marketplace/creating-a-draft-github-marketplace-listing/) on {% data variables.product.product_name %}. Once you've submitted your app, one of the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} onboarding specialists will reach out to you with more information about the onboarding process, and review your app to ensure it meets these requirements: ### Requirements for all {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listings ### User experience All listings on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} should be for tools that provide value to the {% data variables.product.product_name %} community. When you submit your listing for publication, you must read and accept the terms of the "[{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} Developer Agreement](/articles/github-marketplace-developer-agreement/)." - {% data variables.product.prodname_github_app %}s should have a minimum of 100 installations. - {% data variables.product.prodname_oauth_app %}s should have a minimum of 200 users. #### User experience requirements for all apps All listings should meet the following requirements, regardless of whether they are for a free or paid app. - Listings must not actively persuade users away from {% data variables.product.product_name %}. - Listings must include valid contact information for the publisher. - Listings must have a relevant description of the application. - Listings must specify a pricing plan. - Apps must provide value to customers and integrate with the platform in some way beyond authentication. - Apps must be publicly available in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} and cannot be in beta or available by invite only. - Apps cannot actively persuade users away from {% data variables.product.product_name %}. - Marketing materials for the app must accurately represent the app's behavior. - Apps must include links to user-facing documentation that describe how to set up and use the app. - When a customer purchases an app and GitHub redirects them to the app's installation URL, the app must begin the OAuth flow immediately. For details, see "[Handling new purchases and free trials](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/handling-new-purchases-and-free-trials/#step-3-authorization)." - Apps must have webhook events set up to notify the publisher of any plan changes or cancellations using the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} API. For more information, see "[Using the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} API in your app](/developers/github-marketplace/using-the-github-marketplace-api-in-your-app)." - Customers must be able to install your app and select repositories on both a personal and organization account. They should be able to view and manage those accounts separately. For more information on providing a good customer experience, see "[Customer experience best practices for apps](/developers/github-marketplace/customer-experience-best-practices-for-apps)." ### Brand and listing #### Brand and listing requirements for all apps - Apps that use GitHub logos must follow the "[{% data variables.product.product_name %} Logos and Usage](https://github.com/logos)" guidelines. - Apps that use GitHub logos must follow the {% data variables.product.company_short %} guidelines. For more information, see "[{% data variables.product.company_short %} Logos and Usage](https://github.com/logos)." - Apps must have a logo, feature card, and screenshots images that meet the recommendations provided in "[Writing {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing descriptions](/marketplace/listing-on-github-marketplace/writing-github-marketplace-listing-descriptions/)." - Listings must include descriptions that are well written and free of grammatical errors. For guidance in writing your listing, see "[Writing {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing descriptions](/marketplace/listing-on-github-marketplace/writing-github-marketplace-listing-descriptions/)." ### Security To protect your customers, we recommend that you also follow security best practices. For more information, see "[Security best practices for apps](/developers/github-marketplace/security-best-practices-for-apps)." ### Considerations for free apps Apps will go through a security review before being listed on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}. A successful review will meet the requirements and follow the security best practices listed in "[Security review process](/marketplace/getting-started/security-review-process/)." For information on the review process, contact [marketplace@github.com](mailto:marketplace@github.com). {% data reusables.marketplace.free-apps-encouraged %} ### Requirements for paid apps In addition to the requirements for all apps above, each app that you offer as a paid service on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} must also meet the following requirements: - {% data variables.product.prodname_github_app %}s should have a minimum of 100 installations. - {% data variables.product.prodname_oauth_app %}s should have a minimum of 200 users. - All paid apps must handle {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} purchase events for new purchases, upgrades, downgrades, cancellations, and free trials. For more information, see "[Billing requirements for paid apps](#billing-requirements-for-paid-apps)" below. - Publishing organizations must have a verified domain and must enable two-factor authentication. For more information, see "[Requiring two-factor authentication in your organization](/github/setting-up-and-managing-organizations-and-teams/requiring-two-factor-authentication-in-your-organization.") ### Billing flows When you are ready to publish the app on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} you must request verification for the listing. Your app must integrate [billing flows](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/#billing-flows) using the [{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} webhook event](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/github-marketplace-webhook-events/). {% note %} #### Free apps The verification process is open to organizations. {% data reusables.marketplace.app-transfer-to-org-for-verification %} For information on how to do this, see: "[Submitting your listing for publication](/developers/github-marketplace/submitting-your-listing-for-publication#transferring-an-app-to-an-organization-before-you-submit)." {% data reusables.marketplace.free-apps-encouraged %} If you are listing a free app, you'll need to meet these requirements: {% endnote %} - Customers must be able to see that they have a free plan in the billing, profile, or account settings section of the app. - When a customer cancels your app, you must follow the flow for [cancelling plans](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/cancelling-plans/). ### Billing requirements for paid apps #### Paid apps Your app does not need to handle payments but does need to use {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} purchase events to manage new purchases, upgrades, downgrades, cancellations, and free trials. For information about how integrate these events into your app, see "[Using the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} API in your app](/developers/github-marketplace/using-the-github-marketplace-api-in-your-app)." To offer your app as a paid service, you'll need to meet these requirements to list your app on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}: Using GitHub's billing API allows customers to purchase an app without leaving GitHub and to pay for the service with the payment method already attached to their {% data variables.product.product_name %} account. - To sell your app in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, it must use GitHub's billing system. Your app does not need to handle payments but does need to use "[{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} purchase events](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/github-marketplace-webhook-events/)" to manage new purchases, upgrades, downgrades, cancellations, and free trials. See "[Billing flows](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/#billing-flows)" to learn about how to integrate these events into your app. Using GitHub's billing system allows customers to purchase an app without leaving GitHub and pay for the service with the payment method already attached to their {% data variables.product.product_name %} account. - Apps must support both monthly and annual billing for paid subscriptions purchases. - Listings may offer any combination of free and paid plans. Free plans are optional but encouraged. For more information, see "[Setting a {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing's pricing plan](/marketplace/listing-on-github-marketplace/setting-a-github-marketplace-listing-s-pricing-plan/)." {% data reusables.marketplace.marketplace-billing-ui-requirements %} 60 content/developers/github-marketplace/security-best-practices-for-apps.md @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ --- title: Security best practices for apps intro: 'Guidelines for preparing a secure app to share on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}.' redirect_from: - /apps/marketplace/getting-started/security-review-process/ - /marketplace/getting-started/security-review-process - /developers/github-marketplace/security-review-process-for-submitted-apps shortTitle: Security best practice versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- If you follow these best practices it will help you to provide a secure user experience. ### Authorization, authentication, and access control We recommend creating a GitHub App rather than an OAuth App. {% data reusables.marketplace.github_apps_preferred %}. See "[Differences between GitHub Apps and OAuth Apps](/apps/differences-between-apps/)" for more details. - Apps should use the principle of least privilege and should only request the OAuth scopes and GitHub App permissions that the app needs to perform its intended functionality. For more information, see [Principle of least privilege](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Principle_of_least_privilege) in Wikipedia. - Apps should provide customers with a way to delete their account, without having to email or call a support person. - Apps should not share tokens between different implementations of the app. For example, a desktop app should have a separate token from a web-based app. Individual tokens allow each app to request the access needed for GitHub resources separately. - Design your app with different user roles, depending on the functionality needed by each type of user. For example, a standard user should not have access to admin functionality, and billing managers might not need push access to repository code. - Apps should not share service accounts such as email or database services to manage your SaaS service. - All services used in your app should have unique login and password credentials. - Admin privilege access to the production hosting infrastructure should only be given to engineers and employees with administrative duties. - Apps should not use personal access tokens to authenticate and should authenticate as an [OAuth App](/apps/about-apps/#about-oauth-apps) or a [GitHub App](/apps/about-apps/#about-github-apps): - OAuth Apps should authenticate using an [OAuth token](/apps/building-oauth-apps/authorizing-oauth-apps/). - GitHub Apps should authenticate using either a [JSON Web Token (JWT)](/apps/building-github-apps/authenticating-with-github-apps/#authenticating-as-a-github-app), [OAuth token](/apps/building-github-apps/identifying-and-authorizing-users-for-github-apps/), or [installation access token](/apps/building-github-apps/authenticating-with-github-apps/#authenticating-as-an-installation). ### Data protection - Apps should encrypt data transferred over the public internet using HTTPS, with a valid TLS certificate, or SSH for Git. - Apps should store client ID and client secret keys securely. We recommend storing them as [environmental variables](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Environment_variable#Getting_and_setting_environment_variables). - Apps should delete all GitHub user data within 30 days of receiving a request from the user, or within 30 days of the end of the user's legal relationship with GitHub. - Apps should not require the user to provide their GitHub password. - Apps should encrypt tokens, client IDs, and client secrets. ### Logging and monitoring Apps should have logging and monitoring capabilities. App logs should be retained for at least 30 days and archived for at least one year. A security log should include: - Authentication and authorization events - Service configuration changes - Object reads and writes - All user and group permission changes - Elevation of role to admin - Consistent timestamping for each event - Source users, IP addresses, and/or hostnames for all logged actions ### Incident response workflow To provide a secure experience for users, you should have a clear incident response plan in place before listing your app. We recommend having a security and operations incident response team in your company rather than using a third-party vendor. You should have the capability to notify {% data variables.product.product_name %} within 24 hours of a confirmed incident. For an example of an incident response workflow, see the "Data Breach Response Policy" on the [SANS Institute website](https://www.sans.org/information-security-policy/). A short document with clear steps to take in the event of an incident is more valuable than a lengthy policy template. ### Vulnerability management and patching workflow You should conduct regular vulnerability scans of production infrastructure. You should triage the results of vulnerability scans and define a period of time in which you agree to remediate the vulnerability. If you are not ready to set up a full vulnerability management program, it's useful to start by creating a patching process. For guidance in creating a patch management policy, see this TechRepublic article "[Establish a patch management policy](https://www.techrepublic.com/blog/it-security/establish-a-patch-management-policy-87756/)." 94 ...ent/developers/github-marketplace/security-review-process-for-submitted-apps.md This file was deleted. 53 content/developers/github-marketplace/setting-pricing-plans-for-your-listing.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Setting pricing plans for your listing intro: 'When [listing your app on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}](/marketplace/listing-on-github-marketplace/), you can choose to provide your app as a free service or sell your app. If you plan to sell your app, you can create different pricing plans for different feature tiers.' intro: 'When you list your app on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, you can choose to provide your app as a free service or sell your app. If you plan to sell your app, you can create different pricing plans for different feature tiers.' redirect_from: - /apps/adding-integrations/managing-pricing-and-payments-for-a-github-marketplace-listing/setting-a-github-marketplace-listing-s-pricing-plan/ - /apps/marketplace/managing-pricing-and-payments-for-a-github-marketplace-listing/setting-a-github-marketplace-listing-s-pricing-plan/ @@ -17,57 +17,52 @@ versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- ### About setting pricing plans If you want to sell an app on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, you need to request verification when you publish the listing for your app. During the verification process, an onboarding expert checks the organization's identity and security settings. The onboarding expert will also take the organization through financial onboarding. For more information, see: "[Requirements for listing an app on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}](/marketplace/getting-started/requirements-for-listing-an-app-on-github-marketplace/)." ### Creating pricing plans To learn about the types of pricing plans that {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} offers, see "[{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} Pricing Plans](/marketplace/selling-your-app/github-marketplace-pricing-plans/)." You'll also find helpful billing guidelines in "[Selling your app](/marketplace/selling-your-app/)." Pricing plans can be in the draft or published state. If you haven't submitted your {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing for approval, a published listing will function the same way as draft listings until your app is approved and listed on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}. Draft listings allow you to create and save new pricing plans without making them available on your {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing page. Once you publish the pricing plan, it's available for customers to purchase immediately. You can publish up to 10 pricing plans. {% data reusables.marketplace.app-transfer-to-org-for-verification %} For information on how to do this, see: "[Submitting your listing for publication](/developers/github-marketplace/submitting-your-listing-for-publication#transferring-an-app-to-an-organization-before-you-submit)." To create a pricing plan for your {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing, click **Plans and pricing** in the left sidebar of your [{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing page](https://github.com/marketplace/manage). If you haven't created a {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing yet, read "[Creating a draft {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing](/marketplace/listing-on-github-marketplace/creating-a-draft-github-marketplace-listing/)" to learn how. When you click **New draft plan**, you'll see a form that allows you to customize your pricing plan. You'll need to configure the following fields to create a pricing plan: {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} offers several different types of pricing plan. For detailed information, see "[Pricing plans for {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}](/developers/github-marketplace/pricing-plans-for-github-marketplace-apps)." #### Plan name ### About saving pricing plans Your pricing plan's name will appear on your {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} app's landing page. You can customize the name of your pricing plan to align to the plan's resources, the size of the company that will use the plan, or anything you'd like. You can save pricing plans in a draft or published state. If you haven't submitted your {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing for approval, a published plan will function in the same way as a draft plan until your listing is approved and shown on {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}. Draft plans allow you to create and save new pricing plans without making them available on your {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing page. Once you publish a pricing plan on a published listing, it's available for customers to purchase immediately. You can publish up to 10 pricing plans. #### Pricing models For guidelines on billing customers, see "[Billing customers](/developers/github-marketplace/billing-customers)." ##### Free plans {% data reusables.marketplace.free-apps-encouraged %} A free plan still requires you to handle [new purchase](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/handling-new-purchases-and-free-trials/) and [cancellation](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/cancelling-plans/) billing flows. See "[Billing flows](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/#billing-flows)" for more details. ##### Flat-rate plans ### Creating pricing plans Flat-rate pricing plans allow you to offer your service to customers for a flat-rate fee. {% data reusables.marketplace.marketplace-pricing-free-trials %} To create a pricing plan for your {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing, click **Plans and pricing** in the left sidebar of your [{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing page](https://github.com/marketplace/manage). For more information, see "[Creating a draft {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing](/marketplace/listing-on-github-marketplace/creating-a-draft-github-marketplace-listing/)." You must set a price for both monthly and yearly subscriptions in U.S. Dollars for flat-rate plans. When you click **New draft plan**, you'll see a form that allows you to customize your pricing plan. You'll need to configure the following fields to create a pricing plan: ##### Per-unit plans - **Plan name** - Your pricing plan's name will appear on your {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} app's landing page. You can customize the name of your pricing plan to align with the plan's resources, the size of the company that will use the plan, or anything you'd like. Per-unit pricing allows you to offer your app in units. For example, a unit can be a person, seat, or user. You'll need to provide a name for the unit and set a price for both monthly and yearly subscriptions, in U.S. Dollars. - **Pricing models** - There are three types of pricing plan: free, flat-rate, and per-unit. All plans require you to process new purchase and cancellation events from the marketplace API. In addition, for paid plans: #### Available for - You must set a price for both monthly and yearly subscriptions in US dollars. - Your app must process plan change events. - You must request verification to publish a listing with a paid plan. - {% data reusables.marketplace.marketplace-pricing-free-trials %} {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} pricing plans can apply to **Personal and organization accounts**, **Personal accounts only**, or **Organization accounts only**. For example, if your pricing plan is per-unit and provides multiple seats, you would select **Organization accounts only** because there is no way to assign seats to people in an organization from a personal account. For detailed information, see "[Pricing plans for {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} apps](/developers/github-marketplace/pricing-plans-for-github-marketplace-apps)" and "[Using the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} API in your app](/developers/github-marketplace/using-the-github-marketplace-api-in-your-app)." #### Short description - **Available for** - {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} pricing plans can apply to **Personal and organization accounts**, **Personal accounts only**, or **Organization accounts only**. For example, if your pricing plan is per-unit and provides multiple seats, you would select **Organization accounts only** because there is no way to assign seats to people in an organization from a personal account. Write a brief summary of the details of the pricing plan. The description might include the type of customer the plan is intended for or the resources the plan includes. - **Short description** - Write a brief summary of the details of the pricing plan. The description might include the type of customer the plan is intended for or the resources the plan includes. #### Bullets - **Bullets** - You can write up to four bullets that include more details about your pricing plan. The bullets might include the use cases of your app or list more detailed information about the resources or features included in the plan. You can write up to four bullets that include more details about your pricing plan. The bullets might include the use cases of your app or list more detailed information about the resources or features included in the plan. {% data reusables.marketplace.free-plan-note %} ### Changing a {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing's pricing plan If a pricing plan for your {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} plan is no longer needed or if you need to adjust pricing details, you can remove it. If a pricing plan for your {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing is no longer needed, or if you need to adjust pricing details, you can remove it.  Once you publish a pricing plan for an app already listed in the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, you can't make changes to the plan. Instead, you'll need to remove the pricing plan. Customers who already purchased the removed pricing plan will continue to use it until they opt out and move onto a new pricing plan. For more on pricing plans, see "[{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} pricing plans](/marketplace/selling-your-app/github-marketplace-pricing-plans/)." Once you publish a pricing plan for an app that is already listed in {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}, you can't make changes to the plan. Instead, you'll need to remove the pricing plan and create a new plan. Customers who already purchased the removed pricing plan will continue to use it until they opt out and move onto a new pricing plan. For more on pricing plans, see "[{% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} pricing plans](/marketplace/selling-your-app/github-marketplace-pricing-plans/)." Once you remove a pricing plan, users won't be able to purchase your app using that plan. Existing users on the removed pricing plan will continue to stay on the plan until they cancel their plan subscription. 37 content/developers/github-marketplace/submitting-your-listing-for-publication.md @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ --- title: Submitting your listing for publication intro: 'You can submit your listing for the {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} community to use.' redirect_from: - /marketplace/listing-on-github-marketplace/submitting-your-listing-for-review - /developers/github-marketplace/submitting-your-listing-for-review versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- Once you've completed the listing for your app, you'll see two buttons that allow you to request publication of the listing with or without verification. The **Request** button for "Publish without verification" is disabled if you have published any paid pricing plans in the listing.  {% data reusables.marketplace.launch-with-free %} After you submit your listing for review, an onboarding expert will reach out to you with additional information. For an overview of the process for creating and submitting a listing, see "[About {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %}](/developers/github-marketplace/about-github-marketplace#publishing-an-app-to-github-marketplace)." ### Prerequisites for publishing with verification Before you request verification of your listing, you'll need to integrate the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} billing flows and webhook into your app. For more information, see "[Using the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} API in your app](/developers/github-marketplace/using-the-github-marketplace-api-in-your-app)." If you've met the requirements for listing and you've integrated with the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} API, go ahead and submit your listing. For more information, see "[Requirements for listing an app](/developers/github-marketplace/requirements-for-listing-an-app)." {% data reusables.marketplace.app-transfer-to-org-for-verification %} For information on how to do this, see: "[Transferring an app to an organization before you submit](#transferring-an-app-to-an-organization-before-you-submit)" below. ### Transferring an app to an organization before you submit You cannot sell an app that's owned by a user account. You need to transfer the app to an organization that is already a verified creator, or that can request verification for a listing for the app. For details, see: 1. "[Creating an organization from scratch](/github/setting-up-and-managing-organizations-and-teams/creating-a-new-organization-from-scratch)" 1. "[Transferring ownership of a GitHub App](/developers/apps/transferring-ownership-of-a-github-app)" or "[Transferring ownership of an OAuth App](/developers/apps/transferring-ownership-of-an-oauth-app)" 22 content/developers/github-marketplace/submitting-your-listing-for-review.md This file was deleted. 4 content/developers/github-marketplace/testing-your-app.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Testing your app intro: 'GitHub recommends testing your app with APIs and webhooks before submitting your listing to {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} so you can provide an ideal experience for customers. Before the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} onboarding team approves your app, it must adequately handle the [billing flows](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/#billing-flows).' intro: 'GitHub recommends testing your app with APIs and webhooks before submitting your listing to {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} so you can provide an ideal experience for customers. Before an onboarding expert approves your app, it must adequately handle the billing flows.' redirect_from: - /apps/marketplace/testing-apps-apis-and-webhooks/ - /apps/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/testing-github-marketplace-apps/ @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ versions: ### Testing apps You can use a [draft {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing](/marketplace/listing-on-github-marketplace/creating-a-draft-github-marketplace-listing/) to simulate each of the [billing flows](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/#billing-flows). A listing in the draft state means that it has not been submitted for approval. Any purchases you make using a draft {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing will _not_ create real transactions, and GitHub will not charge your credit card. You can use a draft {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing to simulate each of the billing flows. A listing in the draft state means that it has not been submitted for approval. Any purchases you make using a draft {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} listing will _not_ create real transactions, and GitHub will not charge your credit card. For more information, see "[Drafting a listing for your app](/developers/github-marketplace/drafting-a-listing-for-your-app)" and "[Using the {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} API in your app](/developers/github-marketplace/using-the-github-marketplace-api-in-your-app)." #### Using a development app with a draft listing to test changes 2 .../developers/github-marketplace/webhook-events-for-the-github-marketplace-api.md @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ --- title: Webhook events for the GitHub Marketplace API intro: 'A {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} app receives information about changes to a user''s plan from the Marketplace purchase event webhook. A Marketplace purchase event is triggered when a user purchases, cancels, or changes their payment plan. For details on how to respond to each of these types of events, see "[Billing flows](/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/#billing-flows)."' intro: 'A {% data variables.product.prodname_marketplace %} app receives information about changes to a user''s plan from the Marketplace purchase event webhook. A Marketplace purchase event is triggered when a user purchases, cancels, or changes their payment plan.' redirect_from: - /apps/marketplace/setting-up-github-marketplace-webhooks/about-webhook-payloads-for-a-github-marketplace-listing/ - /apps/marketplace/integrating-with-the-github-marketplace-api/github-marketplace-webhook-events/ 4 content/developers/webhooks-and-events/webhook-events-and-payloads.md @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ Key | Type | Description #### Webhook payload object {% data reusables.webhooks.installation_properties %} {% data reusables.webhooks.app_desc %} {% data reusables.webhooks.app_always_desc %} {% data reusables.webhooks.sender_desc %} #### Webhook payload example @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ Key | Type | Description #### Webhook payload object {% data reusables.webhooks.installation_repositories_properties %} {% data reusables.webhooks.app_desc %} {% data reusables.webhooks.app_always_desc %} {% data reusables.webhooks.sender_desc %} #### Webhook payload example 54 ...ssions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions.md @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ --- title: About discussions intro: Use discussions to ask and answer questions, share information, make announcements, and conduct or participate in a conversation about a project on {% data variables.product.product_name %}. versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- {% data reusables.discussions.beta %} ### About discussions With {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %}, the community for your project can create and participate in conversations within the project's repository. Discussions empower a project's maintainers, contributors, and visitors to gather and accomplish the following goals in a central location, without third-party tools. - Share announcements and information, gather feedback, plan, and make decisions - Ask questions, discuss and answer the questions, and mark the discussions as answered - Foster an inviting atmosphere for visitors and contributors to discuss goals, development, administration, and workflows  You don't need to close a discussion like you close an issue or a pull request. If a repository administrator or project maintainer enables discussions for a repository, anyone who visits the repository can create and participate in discussions for the repository. Repository administrators and project maintainers can manage discussions and discussion categories in a repository, and pin discussions to increase the visibility of the discussion. Moderators and collaborators can mark comments as answers, lock discussions, and convert issues to discussions. For more information, see "[Repository permission levels for an organization](/github/setting-up-and-managing-organizations-and-teams/repository-permission-levels-for-an-organization)." For more information about management of discussions for your repository, see "[Managing discussions in your repository](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions-in-your-repository)." ### About categories and formats for discussions {% data reusables.discussions.you-can-categorize-discussions %} {% data reusables.discussions.about-categories-and-formats %} {% data reusables.discussions.repository-category-limit %} For discussions with a question/answer format, an individual comment within the discussion can be marked as the discussion's answer. {% data reusables.discussions.github-recognizes-members %} For more information, see "[Managing categories for discussions in your repository](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-categories-for-discussions-in-your-repository)." ### Best practices for discussions As a community member or maintainer, start a discussion to ask a question or discuss information that affects the community. For more information, see "[Collaborating with maintainers using discussions](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/collaborating-with-maintainers-using-discussions)." Participate in a discussion to ask and answer questions, provide feedback, and engage with the project's community. For more information, see "[Participating in a discussion](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/participating-in-a-discussion)." You can spotlight discussions that contain important, useful, or exemplary conversations among members in the community. For more information, see "[Managing discussions in your repository](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions-in-your-repository#pinning-a-discussion)." {% data reusables.discussions.you-can-convert-an-issue %} For more information, see "[Moderating discussions in your repository](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/moderating-discussions#converting-an-issue-to-a-discussion)." ### Sharing feedback You can share your feedback about {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} with {% data variables.product.company_short %}. To join the conversation, see [`github/feedback`](https://github.com/github/feedback/discussions?discussions_q=category%3A%22Discussions+Feedback%22). ### Further reading - "[About writing and formatting on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}](/github/writing-on-github/about-writing-and-formatting-on-github)" - "[Searching discussions](/github/searching-for-information-on-github/searching-discussions)" - "[About notifications](/github/managing-subscriptions-and-notifications-on-github/about-notifications)" - "[Moderating comments and conversations](/github/building-a-strong-community/moderating-comments-and-conversations)" - "[Maintaining your safety on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}](/github/building-a-strong-community/maintaining-your-safety-on-github)" 50 ...community-using-discussions/collaborating-with-maintainers-using-discussions.md @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ --- title: Collaborating with maintainers using discussions shortTitle: Collaborating with maintainers intro: You can contribute to the goals, plans, health, and community for a project on {% data variables.product.product_name %} by communicating with the maintainers of the project in a discussion. permissions: People with read permissions to a repository can start and participate in discussions in the repository. versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- {% data reusables.discussions.beta %} ### About collaboration with maintainers using discussions {% data reusables.discussions.about-discussions %} If you use or contribute to a project, you can start a discussion to make suggestions and engage with maintainers and community members about your plans, questions, ideas, and feedback. For more information, see "[About discussions](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions)." {% data reusables.discussions.about-categories-and-formats %} Repository administrators and project maintainers can delete a discussion. For more information, see "[Managing discussions in your repository](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions-in-your-repository#deleting-a-discussion)." {% data reusables.discussions.github-recognizes-members %} These members appear in a list of the most helpful contributors to the project's discussions. As your project grows, you can grant higher access permissions to active members of your community. For more information, see "[Granting higher permissions to top contributors](/discussions/guides/granting-higher-permissions-to-top-contributors)"  For more information about participation in discussions, see "[Participating in a discussion](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/participating-in-a-discussion)." ### Prerequisites To collaborate with maintainers using discussions, a repository administrator or project maintainer must enable discussions for the repository. For more information, see "[Enabling or disabling discussions for a repository](/github/administering-a-repository/enabling-or-disabling-github-discussions-for-a-repository)." ### Starting a discussion {% data reusables.discussions.starting-a-discussion %} ### Filtering the list of discussions You can search for discussions and filter the list of discussions in a repository. For more information, see "[Searching discussions](/github/searching-for-information-on-github/searching-discussions)." {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.discussions.discussions-tab %} 1. In the **Search all discussions** field, type a search query. Optionally, to the right of the search field, click a button to further filter the results.  1. In the list of discussions, click the discussion you want to view.  ### Converting an issue to a discussion {% data reusables.discussions.you-can-convert-an-issue %} For more information, see "[Moderating discussions in your repository](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/moderating-discussions#converting-an-issue-to-a-discussion#converting-an-issue-to-a-discussion)." ### Further reading - "[About writing and formatting on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}](/github/writing-on-github/about-writing-and-formatting-on-github)" - "[Maintaining your safety on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}](/github/building-a-strong-community/maintaining-your-safety-on-github)" 14 content/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/index.md @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ --- title: Collaborating with your community using discussions shortTitle: Collaborating using discussions intro: Gather and discuss your project with community members and other maintainers. versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- {% data reusables.discussions.beta %} {% link_in_list /about-discussions %} {% link_in_list /participating-in-a-discussion %} {% link_in_list /collaborating-with-maintainers-using-discussions %} 31 ...borating-with-your-community-using-discussions/participating-in-a-discussion.md @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ --- title: Participating in a discussion intro: You can converse with the community and maintainers in a forum within the repository for a project on {% data variables.product.product_name %}. permissions: People with read permissions to a repository can participate in discussions in the repository. versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- {% data reusables.discussions.beta %} ### About participation in a discussion {% data reusables.discussions.about-discussions %} For more information, see "[About discussions](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions)." In addition to starting or viewing a discussion, you can comment in response to the original comment from the author of the discussion. You can also create a comment thread by replying to an individual comment that another community member made within the discussion, and react to comments with emoji. For more information about reactions, see "[About conversations on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}](/github/collaborating-with-issues-and-pull-requests/about-conversations-on-github#reacting-to-ideas-in-comments)." You can block users and report disruptive content to maintain a safe and pleasant environment for yourself on {% data variables.product.product_name %}. For more information, see "[Maintaining your safety on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}](/github/building-a-strong-community/maintaining-your-safety-on-github)." ### Prerequisites Discussions must be enabled for the repository for you to participate in a discussion in the repository. For more information, see "[Enabling or disabling discussions for a repository](/github/administering-a-repository/enabling-or-disabling-github-discussions-for-a-repository)." ### Creating a discussion {% data reusables.discussions.starting-a-discussion %} ### Marking a comment as an answer Discussion authors and users with the triage role or greater for a repository can mark a comment as the answer to a discussion in the repository. {% data reusables.discussions.marking-a-comment-as-an-answer %} 49 content/discussions/guides/best-practices-for-community-conversations-on-github.md @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ --- title: Best practices for community conversations on GitHub shortTitle: Best practices for community conversations intro: 'You can use discussions to brainstorm with your team, and eventually move the conversation to a discussion when you are ready to scope out the work.' versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- {% data reusables.discussions.beta %} ### Community conversations in {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} Since {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} is an open forum, there is an opportunity to bring non-code collaboration into a project's repository and gather diverse feedback and ideas more quickly. You can help drive a productive conversation by: - Asking pointed questions and follow-up questions to garner specific feedback - Capture a diverse experience and distill it down to main points - Open an issue to take action based on the conversation, where applicable For more information about opening an issue and cross-referencing a discussion, see "[Opening an issue from a comment](/github/managing-your-work-on-github/opening-an-issue-from-a-comment)." ### Learning about conversations on GitHub You can create and participate in discussions, issues, and pull requests, depending on the type of conversation you'd like to have. You can use {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} to discuss big picture ideas, brainstorm, and spike out a project's specific details before committing it to an issue, which can then be scoped. Discussions are useful for teams if: - You are in the discovery phase of a project and are still learning which director your team wants to go in - You want to collect feedback from a wider community about a project - You want to keep bug fixes, feature requests, and general conversations separate Issues are useful for discussing specific details of a project such as bug reports and planned improvements. For more information, see "[About issues](/articles/about-issues)." Pull requests allow you to comment directly on proposed changes. For more information, see "[About pull requests](/articles/about-pull-requests)" and "[Commenting on a pull request](/articles/commenting-on-a-pull-request)." {% data reusables.organizations.team-discussions-purpose %} For more information, see "[About team discussions](/articles/about-team-discussions)." ### Following contributing guidelines Before you open a discussion, check to see if the repository has contributing guidelines. The CONTRIBUTING file includes information about how the repository maintainer would like you to contribute ideas to the project. For more information, see "[Setting up your project for healthy contributions](/github/building-a-strong-community/setting-up-your-project-for-healthy-contributions)." ### Next steps To continue learning about {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} and quickly create a discussion for your community, see "[Quickstart for {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %}](/discussions/quickstart)." ### Further reading - "[Setting up your project for healthy contributions](/articles/setting-up-your-project-for-healthy-contributions)" - "[Using templates to encourage useful issues and pull requests](/github/building-a-strong-community/using-templates-to-encourage-useful-issues-and-pull-requests)" - "[Moderating comments and conversations](/articles/moderating-comments-and-conversations)" - "[Writing on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}](/articles/writing-on-github)" 21 content/discussions/guides/finding-discussions-across-multiple-repositories.md @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ --- title: Finding discussions across multiple repositories intro: 'You can easily access every discussion you''ve created or participated in across multiple repositories.' versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- {% data reusables.discussions.beta %} ### Finding discussions 1. Navigate to {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom_the_website %}. 1. In the top-right corner of {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom_the_website %}, click your profile photo, then click **Your enterprises**.  1. Toggle between **Created** and **Commented** to see the discussions you've created or participated in. ### Further reading - "[Searching discussions](/github/searching-for-information-on-github/searching-discussions)" - "[About discussions](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions)" - "[Managing discussions for your community](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community)" 32 content/discussions/guides/granting-higher-permissions-to-top-contributors.md @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ --- title: Granting higher permissions to top contributors intro: 'Repository administrators can promote any community member to a moderator and maintainer.' versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- {% data reusables.discussions.beta %} ### Introduction The most helpful contributors for the past 30 days are highlighted on the {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} dashboard, based on how many comments were marked as answers by other community members. Helpful contributors can help drive a healthy community and moderate and guide the community space in addition to maintainers. ### Step 1: Audit your discussions top contributors {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.discussions.discussions-tab %} 1. Compare the list of contributors with their access permissions to see who qualifies to moderate the discussion. ### Step 2: Review permission levels for discussions People with triage permissions for a repository can help moderate a project's discussions by marking comments as answers, locking discussions that are not longer useful or are damaging to the community, and converting issues to discussions when an idea is still in the early stages of development. For more information, see "[Moderating discussions](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/moderating-discussions)." For more information about repository permission levels and {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %}, see "[Repository permissions levels for an organization](/github/setting-up-and-managing-organizations-and-teams/repository-permission-levels-for-an-organization)." ### Step 3: Change permissions levels for top contributors You can change a contributor's permission levels to give them more access to the tooling they need to moderate GitHub Discussions. To change a person's or team's permission levels, see "[Managing teams and people with access to your repository](/github/administering-a-repository/managing-teams-and-people-with-access-to-your-repository)." ### Step 4: Notify community members of elevated access When you change a collaborators permission level, they will receive a notification for the change. 29 content/discussions/guides/index.md @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ --- title: Discussions guides shortTitle: Guides intro: 'Discover pathways to get started or learn best practices for participating or monitoring your community''s discussions.' versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- {% data reusables.discussions.beta %} ### Getting started with discussions {% link_in_list /about-discussions %} {% link_in_list /best-practices-for-community-conversations-on-github %} {% link_in_list /finding-discussions-across-multiple-repositories %} <!-- {% link_in_list /managing-notifications-for-discussions %} --> ### Administering discussions {% link_in_list /granting-higher-permissions-to-top-contributors %} <!--<!-- Commenting out what is only nice to have for discussions release {% link_in_list /updating-your-contributing-guidelines-with-discussions %} --> <!-- ### Discussions and open source projects {% link_in_list /collaborating-on-open-source-projects-in-discussions %} {% link_in_list /welcoming-contributions-to-your-communitys-discussions %} --> 55 content/discussions/index.md @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ --- title: GitHub Discussions Documentation beta_product: true shortTitle: GitHub Discussions intro: '{% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} is a collaborative communication forum for the community around an open source project. Community members can ask and answer questions, share updates, have open-ended conversations, and follow along on decisions affecting the community''s way of working.' introLinks: quickstart: /discussions/quickstart featuredLinks: guides: - /discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions - /discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/participating-in-a-discussion - /discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/moderating-discussions gettingStarted: - /discussions/quickstart guideCards: - /discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions - /discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/participating-in-a-discussion - /discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/moderating-discussions popular: - /discussions/guides/granting-higher-permissions-to-top-contributors - /discussions/guides/best-practices-for-community-conversations-on-github - /discussions/guides/finding-discussions-across-multiple-repositories - /discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/collaborating-with-maintainers-using-discussions - /discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-categories-for-discussions-in-your-repository product_video: https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/DbTWBP3_RbM layout: product-landing versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- <!-- {% link_with_intro /quickstart %} --> <!-- {% link_with_intro /discussions-guides %} --> <!-- {% link_with_intro /collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions %} --> <!-- {% link_with_intro /managing-discussions-for-your-community %} --> <!-- Community examples --> {% assign discussionsCommunityExamples = site.data.variables.discussions_community_examples %} {% if discussionsCommunityExamples %} <div class="my-6 pt-6"> <h2 class="mb-2 font-mktg h1">Communities using discussions</h2> <div class="d-flex flex-wrap gutter"> {% render 'discussions-community-card' for discussionsCommunityExamples as example %} </div> {% if discussionsCommunityExamples.length > 6 %} <button class="js-filter-card-show-more btn btn-outline float-right">Show more {% octicon "arrow-right" %}</button> {% endif %} <div class="js-filter-card-no-results d-none py-4 text-center text-gray font-mktg"> <div class="mb-3">{% octicon "search" width="24" %}</div> <h3 class="text-normal">Sorry, there is no result for <strong class="js-filter-card-value"></strong></h3> <p class="my-3 f4">It looks like we don't have an example that fits your filter.<br>Try another filter or add your code example</p> <a href="https://github.com/github/docs/blob/main/data/variables/discussions_community_examples.yml">Add your community {% octicon "arrow-right" %}</a> </div> </div> {% endif %} 13 content/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/index.md @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ --- title: Managing discussions for your community shortTitle: Managing discussions intro: 'You can enable and configure discussions for your repository, and you can use tools on {% data variables.product.product_name %} to moderate conversations among community members.' versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- {% data reusables.discussions.beta %} {% link_in_list /managing-discussions-in-your-repository %} {% link_in_list /managing-categories-for-discussions-in-your-repository %} {% link_in_list /moderating-discussions %} 64 ...ns-for-your-community/managing-categories-for-discussions-in-your-repository.md @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ --- title: Managing categories for discussions in your repository intro: You can categorize the discussions in your repository to organize conversations for your community members, and you can choose a format for each category. permissions: Repository administrators and people with write or greater access to a repository can enable discussions in the repository. versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- {% data reusables.discussions.beta %} ### About categories for discussions {% data reusables.discussions.about-discussions %} {% data reusables.discussions.about-categories-and-formats %} Each category must have a unique name and emoji pairing, and can be accompanied by a detailed description stating its purpose. Categories help maintainers organize how conversations are filed and are customizable to help distinguish categories that are Q&A or more open-ended conversations.{% data reusables.discussions.repository-category-limit %} For more information, see "[About discussions](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions#about-categories-and-formats-for-discussions)." ### Default categories | Category | Purpose | Type | | :- | :- | :- | | #️⃣ General | Anything and everything relevant to the project | Open-ended discussion | |💡Ideas | Ideas to change or improve the project | Open-ended discussion | | 🙏 Q&A | Questions for the community to answer, with a question/answer format | Question and Answer | | 🙌 Show and tell | Creations, experiments, or tests relevant to the project | Open-ended discussion | ### Creating a category {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.discussions.discussions-tab %} {% data reusables.discussions.edit-categories %} 1. Click **New category**.  1. Edit the emoji, title, description, and discussion format for the category. For more information about discussion formats, see "[About discussions](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions#about-categories-and-formats-for-discussions)."  1. Click **Create**.  ### Editing a category You can edit a category to change the category's emoji, title, description, and discussion format. {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.discussions.discussions-tab %} 1. To the right of a category in the list, click {% octicon "pencil" aria-label="The pencil icon" %}.  1. {% data reusables.discussions.edit-category-details %}  1. Click **Save changes**.  ### Deleting a category When you delete a category, {% data variables.product.product_name %} will move all discussions in the deleted category to an existing category that you choose. {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.discussions.discussions-tab %} 1. To the right of a category in the list, click {% octicon "trash" aria-label="The trash icon" %}.  1. Use the drop-down menu, and choose a new category for any discussions in the category you're deleting.  1. Click **Delete & Move**.  108 ...aging-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions-in-your-repository.md @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ --- title: Managing discussions in your repository intro: You can categorize, spotlight, transfer, or delete the discussions in a repository. permissions: Repository administrators and people with write or greater access to a repository can manage discussions in the repository. versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- {% data reusables.discussions.beta %} ### About management of discussions {% data reusables.discussions.about-discussions %} For more information about discussions, see "[About discussions](/discussions/collaborating-with-your-community-using-discussions/about-discussions)." Organization owners can choose the permissions required to create a discussion for repositories owned by the organization. For more information, see "[Managing discussion creation for repositories in your organization](/github/setting-up-and-managing-organizations-and-teams/managing-discussion-creation-for-repositories-in-your-organization)." As a discussions maintainer, you can create community resources to encourage discussions that are aligned with the overall project goal and maintain a friendly open forum for collaborators. Creating a code of conduct or contribution guidelines for collaborators to follow will help facilitate a collaborative and productive forum. For more information on creating community resources, see "[Adding a code of conduct to your project](/github/building-a-strong-community/adding-a-code-of-conduct-to-your-project)," and "[Setting guidelines for repository contributors](/github/building-a-strong-community/setting-guidelines-for-repository-contributors)." For more information on facilitating a healthy discussion, see "[Moderating comments and conversations](/github/building-a-strong-community/moderating-comments-and-conversations)." ### Prerequisites To manage discussions in a repository, discussions must be enabled for the repository. For more information, see "[Enabling or disabling discussions for a repository](/github/administering-a-repository/enabling-or-disabling-github-discussions-for-a-repository)." ### Changing the category for a discussion You can categorize discussions to help community members find related discussions. For more information, see "[Managing categories for discussions in your repository](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-categories-for-discussions-in-your-repository)" article. You can also move a discussion to a different category. {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.discussions.discussions-tab %} {% data reusables.discussions.click-discussion-in-list %} 1. In the right sidebar, click {% octicon "pencil" aria-label="The pencil icon" %} **Edit pinned discussion**.  ### Pinning a discussion You can pin up to four important discussions above the list of discussions for the repository. {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.discussions.discussions-tab %} {% data reusables.discussions.click-discussion-in-list %} 1. In the right sidebar, click {% octicon "pin" aria-label="The pin icon" %} **Pin discussion**.  1. Optionally, customize the look of the pinned discussion.  1. Click **Pin discussion**.  ### Editing a pinned discussion Editing a pinned discussion will not change the discussion's category. For more information, see "[Managing categories for discussions in your repository](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-categories-for-discussions-in-your-repository)." {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.discussions.discussions-tab %} {% data reusables.discussions.click-discussion-in-list %} 1. In the right sidebar, click {% octicon "pencil" aria-label="The pencil icon" %} **Edit pinned discussion**.  1. Customize the look of the pinned discussion.  1. Click **Pin discussion**.  ### Unpinning a discussion {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.discussions.discussions-tab %} {% data reusables.discussions.click-discussion-in-list %} 1. In the right sidebar, click {% octicon "pin" aria-label="The pin icon" %} **Unpin discussion**.  1. Read the warning, then click **Unpin discussion**.  ### Transferring a discussion To transfer a discussion, you must have permissions to create discussions in the repository where you want to transfer the discussion. {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.discussions.discussions-tab %} {% data reusables.discussions.click-discussion-in-list %} 1. In the right sidebar, click {% octicon "arrow-right" aria-label="The right arrow icon" %} **Transfer discussion**.  1. Select the **Choose a repository** drop-down, and click the repository you want to transfer the discussion to.  1. Click **Transfer discussion**.  ### Deleting a discussion {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.discussions.discussions-tab %} {% data reusables.discussions.click-discussion-in-list %} 1. In the right sidebar, click {% octicon "trash" aria-label="The trash arrow icon" %} **Delete discussion**.  1. Read the warning, then click **Delete this discussion**.  ### Converting issues based on labels You can convert all issues with the same label to discussions in bulk. Future issues with this label will also automatically convert to the discussion and category you configure. {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.repositories.sidebar-issues %} {% data reusables.project-management.labels %} 1. Next to the label you want to convert to issues, click **Convert issues**. 1. Select the **Choose a category** drop-down menu, and click a category for your discussion. 1. Click **I understand, convert this issue to a discussion**. 40 ...t/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/moderating-discussions.md @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ --- title: Moderating discussions intro: 'You can promote healthy collaboration by marking comments as answers, locking or unlocking discussions, and converting issues to discussions. and editing or deleting comments, discussions, and categories that don''t align with your community''s code of conduct to discussions.' permissions: People with triage access to a repository can moderate discussions in the repository. versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- {% data reusables.discussions.beta %} ### About moderating discussions {% data reusables.discussions.about-discussions %} If you have triage permissions for a repository, you can help moderate a project's discussions by marking comments as answers, locking discussions that are not longer useful or are damaging to the community, and converting issues to discussions when an idea is still in the early stages of development. ### Marking a comment as an answer {% data reusables.discussions.marking-a-comment-as-an-answer %} ### Locking discussions It's appropriate to lock a conversation when the entire conversation is not constructive or violates your community's code of conduct or {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}'s [Community Guidelines](/github/site-policy/github-community-guidelines). You can also lock a conversation to prevent comments on a discussion you want to use as an announcement to the community. When you lock a conversation, people with write access to the repository will still be able to comment on the discussion. {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.discussions.discussions-tab %} 1. In the list of discussions, click the discussion you want to lock.  1. In the right margin of a discussion, click **Lock conversation**. 1. Read the information about locking conversations and click **Lock conversation on this discussion**. 1. When you're ready to unlock the conversation, click **Unlock conversation**, then click **Unlock conversation on this discussion**. ### Converting an issue to a discussion When you convert an issue to a discussion, the discussion is automatically created using the content from the issue. People with write access to a repository can bulk convert issues based on labels. For more information, see "[Managing discussions in your repository](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions-in-your-repository)." {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} {% data reusables.repositories.sidebar-issues %} 1. In the list of issues, click the issue you'd like to convert. 1. In the right margin of an issue, click **Convert to discussion**. 1. Select the **Choose a category** drop-down menu, and click a category for your discussion. 1. Click **I understand, convert this issue to a discussion**. 62 content/discussions/quickstart.md @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ --- title: Quickstart for GitHub Discussions intro: 'Enable {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} on an existing repository and start conversations with your community.' allowTitleToDifferFromFilename: true versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- {% data reusables.discussions.beta %} ### Introduction {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} is a collaborative communication forum for the community around an open source project. Discussions are for conversations that need to be transparent and accessible but do not need to be tracked on a project board and are not related to code, unlike issues. Discussions enable fluid, open conversation in a public forum. Discussions give a space for more collaborative conversations by connecting and giving a more centralized area to connect and find information. ### Enabling {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} on your repository Repository owners and people with write access can enable {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} for a community on their public repositories. When you first enable a {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %}, you will be invited to configure a welcome post. {% data reusables.repositories.navigate-to-repo %} 1. Under your repository name, click {% octicon "gear" aria-label="The gear icon" %} **Settings**.  1. Under "Features", click **Set up discussions**.  1. Under "Start a new discussion," edit the template to align with the resources and tone you want to set for your community. 1. Click **Start discussion**.  ### Welcoming contributions to your discussions You can welcome your community and introduce a new way to communicate in a repository by creating a welcome post and pin the post to your {% data variables.product.prodname_discussions %} page. Pinning and locking discussions helps people know that a post is meant as an announcement. You can use announcements as a way to link people to more resources and offer guidance for opening discussions in your community. For more information about pinning a discussion, see "[Managing discussions in your repository](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions-in-your-repository#pinning-a-discussion)." ### Setting up community guidelines for contributors You can set contributing guidelines to encourage collaborators to have meaningful, useful conversations that are relevant to the repository. You can also update the repository's README to communicate expectations on when collaborators should open an issue or discussion. For more information about providing guidelines for your project, see "[Adding a code of conduct to your project](/github/building-a-strong-community/adding-a-code-of-conduct-to-your-project)" and "[Setting up your project for healthy contributions](/github/building-a-strong-community/setting-up-your-project-for-healthy-contributions)." ### Creating a new discussion Anyone with access to a repository can create a discussion. {% data reusables.discussions.starting-a-discussion %} ### Organizing discussions into relevant categories Repository owners and people with write access can create new categories to keep discussions organized. Collaborators participating and creating new discussions can group discussions into the most relevant existing categories. Discussions can also be recategorized after they are created. For more information, see "[Managing categories for discussions in your repository](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-categories-for-discussions-in-your-repository)" ### Promoting healthy conversations People with write permissions for a repository can help surface important conversations by pinning discussions, deleting discussions that are no longer useful or are damaging to the community, and transferring discussions to more relevant repositories owned by the organization. For more information, see "[Managing discussions in your repository](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/managing-discussions-in-your-repository)." People with triage permissions for a repository can help moderate a project's discussions by marking comments as answers, locking discussions that are not longer useful or are damaging to the community, and converting issues to discussions when an idea is still in the early stages of development. For more information, see "[Moderating discussions](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/moderating-discussions)." ### Next steps Once there is a clear path to scope work out and move an idea from concept to reality, you can create an issue and start tracking your progress. For more information on creating an issue from a discussion, see "[Moderating discussions](/discussions/managing-discussions-for-your-community/moderating-discussions)." 45 content/education/guides.md @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ --- title: Guides for GitHub Education intro: 'These guides for {% data variables.product.prodname_education %} help you teach and learn both {% data variables.product.product_name %} and software development.' allowTitleToDifferFromFilename: true versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- ### Get started with {% data variables.product.product_name %} Teachers, students, and researchers can use tools from {% data variables.product.product_name %} to enrich a software development curriculum and develop real-world collaboration skills. - [Sign up for a new {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} account](/github/getting-started-with-github/signing-up-for-a-new-github-account) - [Git and {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} quickstart ](/github/getting-started-with-github/quickstart) - [Apply for an educator or researcher discount](/education/teach-and-learn-with-github-education/apply-for-an-educator-or-researcher-discount) - [Apply for a student developer pack](/education/teach-and-learn-with-github-education/apply-for-a-student-developer-pack) ### Run a software development course with {% data variables.product.company_short %} Administer a classroom, assign and review work from your students, and teach the new generation of software developers with {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. - [Basics of setting up {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} ](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/basics-of-setting-up-github-classroom) - [Manage classrooms](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/manage-classrooms) - [Create an individual assignment](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-an-individual-assignment) - [Create a group assignment](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-a-group-assignment) - [Create an assignment from a template repository](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-an-assignment-from-a-template-repository) - [Leave feedback with pull requests](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/leave-feedback-with-pull-requests) - [Use autograding](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/use-autograding) ### Learn to develop software Incorporate {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} into your education, and use the same tools as the professionals. - [Git and {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} learning resources](/github/getting-started-with-github/git-and-github-learning-resources) - [Use {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} for your schoolwork](/education/teach-and-learn-with-github-education/use-github-for-your-schoolwork) - [Try {% data variables.product.prodname_desktop %}](/desktop) - [Try {% data variables.product.prodname_cli %}](/github/getting-started-with-github/github-cli) ### Contribute to the community Participate in the community, get training from {% data variables.product.company_short %}, and learn or teach new skills. - [{% data variables.product.prodname_education_community %}](https://education.github.community) - [About Campus Experts](/education/teach-and-learn-with-github-education/about-campus-experts) - [About Campus Advisors](/education/teach-and-learn-with-github-education/about-campus-advisors) 43 content/education/index.md @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ --- title: GitHub Education Documentation shortTitle: Education intro: "{% data variables.product.prodname_education %} helps you teach or learn software development with the tools and support of {% data variables.product.company_short %}'s platform and community." introLinks: quickstart: /education/quickstart featuredLinks: guides: - /education/teach-and-learn-with-github-education/apply-for-a-student-developer-pack - /education/teach-and-learn-with-github-education/apply-for-an-educator-or-researcher-discount - /education/teach-and-learn-with-github-education/use-github-at-your-educational-institution guideCards: - /github/getting-started-with-github/signing-up-for-a-new-github-account - /github/getting-started-with-github/git-and-github-learning-resources - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/basics-of-setting-up-github-classroom popular: - /education/teach-and-learn-with-github-education/use-github-for-your-schoolwork - /education/teach-and-learn-with-github-education/use-github-in-your-classroom-and-research - /desktop - /github/getting-started-with-github/github-cli - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/teach-with-github-classroom changelog: - title: 'Try something new at Local Hack Day: Learn' date: '2020-10-15' href: https://github.blog/2020-10-15-try-something-new-at-local-hack-day-learn/ - title: 'Remote Education: Creating community through shared experiences' date: '2020-09-24' href: https://github.blog/2020-09-24-remote-education-creating-community-through-shared-experiences/ - title: 'Remote Education: A series of best practices for online campus communities' date: '2020-09-10' href: https://github.blog/2020-09-10-remote-education-a-series-of-best-practices-for-online-campus-communities/ - title: Welcome to the inaugural class of MLH Fellows date: '2020-06-24' href: https://github.blog/2020-06-24-welcome-to-the-inaugural-class-of-mlh-fellows/ layout: product-landing versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- <!-- {% link_with_intro /teach-and-learn-with-github-education %} --> <!-- {% link_with_intro /manage-coursework-with-github-classroom %} --> 31 ...work-with-github-classroom/about-using-makecode-arcade-with-github-classroom.md @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ --- title: About using MakeCode Arcade with GitHub Classroom shortTitle: About using MakeCode Arcade intro: You can configure MakeCode Arcade as the online IDE for assignments in {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. versions: free-pro-team: '*' redirect_from: - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/student-experience-makecode --- ### About MakeCode Arcade MakeCode Arcade is an online integrated development environment (IDE) for developing retro arcade games using drag-and-drop block programming and JavaScript. Students can write, edit, run, test, and debug code in a browser with MakeCode Arcade. For more information about online IDEs and {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}, see "[Integrate {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} with an online IDE](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/integrate-github-classroom-with-an-online-ide)." {% data reusables.classroom.readme-contains-button-for-online-ide %} The first time the student clicks the button to visit MakeCode Arcade, the student must sign into MakeCode Arcade with {% data variables.product.product_name %} credentials. After signing in, the student will have access to a development environment containing the code from the assignment repository, fully configured on MakeCode Arcade. For more information about working on MakeCode Arcade, see the [MakeCode Arcade Tour](https://arcade.makecode.com/ide-tour) and [documentation](https://arcade.makecode.com/docs) on the MakeCode Arcade website. MakeCode Arcade does not support multiplayer-editing for group assignments. Instead, students can collaborate with Git and {% data variables.product.product_name %} features like branches and pull requests. ### About submission of assignments with MakeCode Arcade By default, MakeCode Arcade is configured to push to the assignment repository on {% data variables.product.product_location %}. After making progress on an assignment with MakeCode Arcade, students should push changes to {% data variables.product.product_location %} using the {% octicon "mark-github" aria-label="The GitHub mark" %}{% octicon "arrow-up" aria-label="The up arrow icon" %} button at the bottom of the screen.  ### Further reading - "[About READMEs](/github/creating-cloning-and-archiving-repositories/about-readmes)" 33 ...ge-coursework-with-github-classroom/about-using-replit-with-github-classroom.md @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ --- title: About using Repl.it with GitHub Classroom shortTitle: About using Repl.it intro: You can configure Repl.it as the online integrated development environment (IDE) for assignments in {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. versions: free-pro-team: '*' redirect_from: - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/student-experience-replit --- ### About Repl.it Repl.it is an online integrated development environment (IDE) that supports multiple programming languages. Students can write, edit, run, test, and debug code in a browser with Repl.it. For more information about online IDEs and {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}, see "[Integrate {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} with an online IDE](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/integrate-github-classroom-with-an-online-ide)." {% data reusables.classroom.readme-contains-button-for-online-ide %} The first time the student clicks the button to visit Repl.it, the student must sign into Repl.it with {% data variables.product.product_name %} credentials. After signing in, the student will have access to a development environment containing the code from the assignment repository, fully configured on Repl.it. For more information about working on Repl.it, see the [Repl.it Quickstart Guide](https://docs.repl.it/misc/quick-start#the-repl-environment). For group assignments, students can use Repl.it Multiplayer to work collaboratively. For more information, see the [Repl.it Multiplayer](https://repl.it/site/multiplayer) website. ### About submission of assignments with Repl.it By default, Repl.it is configured to push to the assignment repository on {% data variables.product.product_location %}. After making progress on an assignment with Repl.it, students should push changes to {% data variables.product.product_location %} using the version control functionality in the left sidebar.  For more information about using Git on Repl.it, see the [Repl.it + Git Tutorial](https://repl.it/talk/learn/Replit-Git-Tutorial/23331) on the Repl.it website. ### Further reading - "[About READMEs](/github/creating-cloning-and-archiving-repositories/about-readmes)" 33 ...anage-coursework-with-github-classroom/basics-of-setting-up-github-classroom.md @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ --- title: Basics of setting up GitHub Classroom shortTitle: '{% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} basics' intro: Learn how to set up your classroom, manage assignments, and configure time-saving automation. versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- ### Videos about {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} You can watch a series of short video tutorials about the configuration and use of {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. To watch all videos as part of a continuous playlist, see the [{% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} Getting Started Guide](https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLIRjfNq867bewk3ZGV6Z7a16YDNRCpK3u) on YouTube. For more information about terminology for {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}, see "[Glossary](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/glossary)". 1. <a href="https://youtu.be/xVVeqIDgCvM" target="_blank">Getting started</a> {% octicon "link-external" aria-label="The external link icon" %} 2. <a href="https://youtu.be/DTzrKduaHj8" target="_blank">Adding your student roster</a> {% octicon "link-external" aria-label="The external link icon" %} 3. Creating assignments - <a href="https://youtu.be/6QzKZ63KLss" target="_blank">Creating an assignment using a {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} repository</a> {% octicon "link-external" aria-label="The external link icon" %} - <a href="https://youtu.be/Qmwh6ijsQJU" target="_blank">Creating an assignment using Microsoft MakeCode as your online IDE</a> {% octicon "link-external" aria-label="The external link icon" %} - <a href="https://youtu.be/p_g5sQ7hUis" target="_blank">Creating an assignment using Repl.it as your online IDE</a> {% octicon "link-external" aria-label="The external link icon" %} 4. <a href="https://youtu.be/ObaFRGp_Eko" target="_blank">How students complete assignments</a> {% octicon "link-external" aria-label="The external link icon" %} 5. <a href="https://youtu.be/g45OJn3UyCU" target="_blank">How teachers review assignments</a> {% octicon "link-external" aria-label="The external link icon" %} 6. <a href="https://youtu.be/QxrA3taZdNM" target="_blank">Creating group assignments</a> {% octicon "link-external" aria-label="The external link icon" %} 7. <a href="https://youtu.be/tJK2cmoh1KM" target="_blank">Next steps to get started</a> {% octicon "link-external" aria-label="The external link icon" %} 8. <a href="https://youtu.be/X87v3SFQxLU" target="_blank">{% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} Teacher Toolbox</a> {% octicon "link-external" aria-label="The external link icon" %} ### Next steps For more information about teaching with {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}, see "[Teach with {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/teach-with-github-classroom)." ### Further reading - "[Teach and learn with {% data variables.product.prodname_education %}](/education/teach-and-learn-with-github-education)" 51 ...with-github-classroom/configure-default-settings-for-assignment-repositories.md @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ --- title: Configure default settings for assignment repositories shortTitle: Configure defaults for assignment repositories intro: You can use the Probot Settings app to configure the default settings for repositories that {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} creates for an assignment. permissions: Organization owners can configure default settings for assignment repositories by installing a {% data variables.product.prodname_github_app %} for the organization. versions: free-pro-team: '*' redirect_from: - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/probot-settings --- ### About configuration of defaults for assignment repositories {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} creates a repository that belongs for each student or team that accepts an assignment. The repository belongs to the organization that you use for {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. Assignment repositories can be empty, or you can use a template repository. For more information, see "[Create an assignment from a template repository](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-an-assignment-from-a-template-repository)." {% data reusables.classroom.you-may-want-to-predefine-repository-settings %} With the Probot Settings app, you can create a file named _.github/settings.yml_ in a repository that contains a list of settings for the repository, and then install a {% data variables.product.prodname_github_app %} for your organization that automatically applies the settings to the repository. You can include _.github/settings.yml_ in a template repository that you use for an assignment in {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. When an individual or team accepts the assignment, {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} creates the assignment repository, and the Settings app automatically applies the settings from _.github/settings.yml_. Probot is a a project, framework, and collection of free apps to automate {% data variables.product.product_name %}. A Probot app can listen to repository events, like the creation of new commits, comments, and issues, and automatically respond to the event. For more information, see the [Probot website](https://probot.github.io) and the [Settings app website](https://probot.github.io/apps/settings/). For more information about {% data variables.product.prodname_github_apps %}, see "[About apps](/developers/apps/about-apps)." ### Adding the Settings app to your organization After you install the Probot Settings app for your organization, the app will apply the settings that you define in _.github/settings.yml_ for any repository in your organization, including new assignment repositories that {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} creates. 1. Navigate to the [Settings app page](https://github.com/apps/settings). 1. Click **Install**, then click the organization that you use for {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. Provide the app full access to all repositories owned by the organization.  ### Configuring default settings for an assignment repository 1. Create a template repository that contains a _.github/settings.yml_ file. For a complete list of settings, see the [README](https://github.com/probot/settings#github-settings) for the `probot/settings` repository. For more information about using a template repository for starter code in {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}, see "[Create an assignment from a template repository](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-an-assignment-from-a-template-repository)." {% warning %} **Warning:** Do not define `collaborators` in the _.github/settings.yml_ file for your template repository. {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} automatically grants teachers and teaching assistants access to assignment repositories. {% endwarning %} 1. Create an assignment using the template repository containing _.github/settings.yml_ as the starter code. {% data reusables.classroom.for-more-information-about-assignment-creation %} The Probot Settings app for your organization will now apply the settings you define in _.github/settings.yml_ within the template repository to every assignment repository that {% data reusables.classroom.you-may-want-to-predefine-repository-settings %} creates for a student or team. ### Further reading - [Probot apps](https://probot.github.io/apps/) - [Probot documentation](https://probot.github.io/docs/) 142 ...th-github-classroom/connect-a-learning-management-system-to-github-classroom.md @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ --- title: Connect a learning management system to GitHub Classroom intro: You can configure an LTI-compliant learning management system (LMS) to connect to {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} so that you can import a roster for your classroom. versions: free-pro-team: '*' redirect_from: - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/configuring-a-learning-management-system-for-github-classroom - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/connect-to-lms - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/generate-lms-credentials - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/setup-canvas - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/setup-generic-lms - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/setup-moodle --- ### About configuration of your LMS You can connect a learning management system (LMS) to {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}, and {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} can import a roster of student identifiers from the LMS. To connect your LMS to {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}, you must enter configuration credentials for {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} in your LMS. ### Prerequisites To configure an LMS to connect to {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}, you must first create a classroom. For more information, see "[Manage classrooms](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/manage-classrooms#creating-a-classroom)." ### Supported LMSes {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} supports import of roster data from LMSes that implement Learning Tools Interoperability (LTI) standards. - LTI version 1.0 and/or 1.1 - LTI Names and Roles Provisioning 1.X Using LTI helps keep your information safe and secure. LTI is an industry-standard protocol and GitHub Classroom's use of LTI is certified by the Instructional Management System (IMS) Global Learning Consortium. For more information, see [Learning Tools Interoperability](https://www.imsglobal.org/activity/learning-tools-interoperability) and [About IMS Global Learning Consortium](http://www.imsglobal.org/aboutims.html) on the IMS Global Learning Consortium website. {% data variables.product.company_short %} has tested import of roster data from the following LMSes into {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. - Canvas - Google Classroom - Moodle - Sakai Currently, {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} doesn't support import of roster data from Blackboard or Brightspace ### Generating configuration credentials for your classroom {% data reusables.classroom.sign-into-github-classroom %} {% data reusables.classroom.click-classroom-in-list %} {% data reusables.classroom.click-students %} 1. If your classroom already has a roster, you can either update the roster or delete the roster and create a new roster. - For more information about deleting and creating a roster, see "[Deleting a roster for a classroom](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/manage-classrooms#deleting-a-roster-for-a-classroom)" and "[Creating a roster for your classroom](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/manage-classrooms#creating-a-roster-for-your-classroom)." - For more information about updating a roster, see "[Adding students to the roster for your classroom](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/manage-classrooms#adding-students-to-the-roster-for-your-classroom)." 1. In the list of LMSes, click your LMS. If your LMS is not supported, click **Other LMS**.  1. Read about connecting your LMS, then click **Connect to _LMS_**. 1. Copy the "Consumer Key", "Shared Secret", and "Launch URL" for the connection to the classroom.  ### Configuring a generic LMS You must configure the privacy settings for your LMS to allow external tools to receive roster information. 1. Navigate to your LMS. 1. Configure an external tool. 1. Provide the configuration credentials you generated in {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. - Consumer key - Shared secret - Launch URL (sometimes called "tool URL" or similar) ### Configuring Canvas You can configure {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} as an external app for Canvas to import roster data into your classroom. For more information about Canvas, see the [Canvas website](https://www.instructure.com/canvas/). 1. Sign into [Canvas](https://www.instructure.com/canvas/#login). 1. Select the Canvas course to integrate with {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. 1. In the left sidebar, click **Settings**. 1. Click the **Apps** tab. 1. Click **View app configurations**. 1. Click **+App**. 1. Select the **Configuration Type** drop-down menu, and click **By URL**. 1. Paste the configuration credentials from {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. For more information, see "[Generating configuration credentials for your classroom](#generating-configuration-credentials-for-your-classroom)." | Field in Canvas app configuration | Value or setting | | :- | :- | | **Consumer Key** | Consumer key from {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} | | **Shared Secret** | Shared secret from {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} | | **Allow this tool to access the IMS Names and Role Provisioning Service** | Enabled | | **Configuration URL** | Launch URL from {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} | {% note %} **Note**: If you don't see a checkbox in Canvas labeled "Allow this tool to access the IMS Names and Role Provisioning Service", then your Canvas administrator must contact Canvas support to enable membership service configuration for your Canvas account. Without enabling this feature, you won't be able to sync the roster from Canvas. For more information, see [How do I contact Canvas Support?](https://community.canvaslms.com/t5/Canvas-Basics-Guide/How-do-I-contact-Canvas-Support/ta-p/389767) on the Canvas website. {% endnote %} 1. Click **Submit**. 1. In the left sidebar, click **Home**. 1. To prompt Canvas to send a confirmation email, in the left sidebar, click **GitHub Classroom**. Follow the instructions in the email to finish linking {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. ### Configuring Moodle You can configure {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} as an activity for Moodle to import roster data into your classroom. For more information about Moodle, see the [Moodle website](https://moodle.org). You must be using Moodle version 3.0 or greater. 1. Sign into [Moodle](https://moodle.org/login/index.php). 1. Select the Moodle course to integrate with {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. 1. Click **Turn editing on**. 1. Wherever you'd like {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} to be available in Moodle, click **Add an activity or resource**. 1. Choose **External tool** and click **Add**. 1. In the "Activity name" field, type "GitHub Classroom". 1. In the **Preconfigured tool** field, to the right of the drop-down menu, click **+**. 1. Under "External tool configuration", paste the configuration credentials from {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. For more information, see "[Generating configuration credentials for your classroom](#generating-configuration-credentials-for-your-classroom)." | Field in Moodle app configuration | Value or setting | | :- | :- | | **Tool name** | {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} - _YOUR CLASSROOM NAME_<br/><br/>**Note**: You can use any name, but we suggest this value for clarity. | | **Tool URL** | Launch URL from {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} | | **LTI version** | LTI 1.0/1.1 | | **Default launch container** | New window | | **Consumer key** | Consumer key from {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} | | **Shared secret** | Shared secret from {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} | 1. Scroll to and click **Services**. 1. To the right of "IMS LTI Names and Role Provisioning", select the drop-down menu and click **Use this service to retrieve members' information as per privacy settings**. 1. Scroll to and click **Privacy**. 1. To the right of **Share launcher's name with tool** and **Share launcher's email with tool**, select the drop-down menus to click **Always**. 1. At the bottom of the page, click **Save changes**. 1. In the **Preconfigure tool** menu, click **GitHub Classroom - _YOUR CLASSROOM NAME_**. 1. Under "Common module settings", to the right of "Availability", select the drop-down menu and click **Hide from students**. 1. At the bottom of the page, click **Save and return to course**. 1. Navigate to anywhere you chose to display {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}, and click the {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} activity. ### Importing a roster from your LMS For more information about importing the roster from your LMS into {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}, see "[Manage classrooms](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/manage-classrooms#creating-a-roster-for-your-classroom)." ### Disconnecting your LMS {% data reusables.classroom.sign-into-github-classroom %} {% data reusables.classroom.click-classroom-in-list %} {% data reusables.classroom.click-settings %} 1. Under "Connect to a learning management system (LMS)", click **Connection Settings**.  1. Under "Delete Connection to your learning management system", click **Disconnect from your learning management system**.  145 .../education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-a-group-assignment.md @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ --- title: Create a group assignment intro: 'You can create a collaborative assignment for teams of students who participate in your course.' versions: free-pro-team: '*' redirect_from: - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-group-assignments --- ### About group assignments {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-group-definition %} Students can work together on a group assignment in a shared repository, like a team of professional developers. When a student accepts a group assignment, the student can create a new team or join an existing team. {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} saves the teams for an assignment as a set. You can name the set of teams for a specific assignment when you create the assignment, and you can reuse that set of teams for a later assignment. {% data reusables.classroom.classroom-creates-group-repositories %} {% data reusables.classroom.about-assignments %} You can decide how many teams one assignment can have, and how many members each team can have. Each team that a student creates for an assignment is a team within your organization on {% data variables.product.product_name %}. The visibility of the team is secret. Teams that you create on {% data variables.product.product_name %} will not appear in {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. For more information, see "[About teams](/github/setting-up-and-managing-organizations-and-teams/about-teams)." For a video demonstration of the creation of a group assignment, see "[Basics of setting up {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/basics-of-setting-up-github-classroom)." ### Prerequisites {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-classroom-prerequisite %} ### Creating an assignment {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-create-the-assignment %} ### Setting up the basics for an assignment Name your assignment, decide whether to assign a deadline, define teams, and choose the visibility of assignment repositories. - [Naming an assignment](#naming-an-assignment) - [Assigning a deadline for an assignment](#assigning-a-deadline-for-an-assignment) - [Choosing an assignment type](#choosing-an-assignment-type) - [Defining teams for an assignment](#defining-teams-for-an-assignment) - [Choosing a visibility for assignment repositories](#choosing-a-visibility-for-assignment-repositories) #### Naming an assignment For a group assignment, {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} names repositories by the repository prefix and the name of the team. By default, the repository prefix is the assignment title. For example, if you name an assignment "assignment-1" and the team's name on {% data variables.product.product_name %} is "student-team", the name of the assignment repository for members of the team will be `assignment-1-student-team`. {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-type-a-title %} #### Assigning a deadline for an assignment {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-assign-a-deadline %} #### Choosing an assignment type Under "Individual or group assignment", select the drop-down menu, then click **Group assignment**. You can't change the assignment type after you create the assignment. If you'd rather create a individual assignment, see "[Create an individual assignment](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-an-individual-assignment)." #### Defining teams for an assignment If you've already created a group assignment for the classroom, you can reuse a set of teams for the new assignment. To create a new set with the teams that your students create for the assignment, type the name for the set. Optionally, type the maximum number of team members and total teams. {% tip %} **Tips**: - We recommend including details about the set of teams in the name for the set. For example, if you want to use the set of teams for one assignment, name the set after the assignment. If you want to reuse the set throughout a semester or course, name the set after the semester or course. - If you'd like to assign students to a specific team, give your students a name for the team and provide a list of members. {% endtip %}  #### Choosing a visibility for assignment repositories {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-choose-visibility %} {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-click-continue-after-basics %} ### Adding starter code and configuring a development environment {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-intro-for-environment %} - [Choosing a template repository](#choosing-a-template-repository) - [Choosing an online integrated development environment (IDE)](#choosing-an-online-integrated-development-environment-ide) #### Choosing a template repository By default, a new assignment will create an empty repository for each team that a student creates. {% data reusables.classroom.you-can-choose-a-template-repository %} For more information about template repositories, see "[Creating a template repository](/github/creating-cloning-and-archiving-repositories/creating-a-template-repository)." {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-choose-template-repository %} #### Choosing an online integrated development environment (IDE) {% data reusables.classroom.about-online-ides %} For more information, see "[Integrate {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} with an IDE](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/integrate-github-classroom-with-an-ide)." {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-choose-an-online-ide %} {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-click-continue-after-starter-code-and-feedback %} ### Providing feedback Optionally, you can automatically grade assignments and create a space for discussing each submission with the team. - [Testing assignments automatically](#testing-assignments-automatically) - [Preventing changes to important files](#preventing-changes-to-important-files) - [Creating a pull request for feedback](#creating-a-pull-request-for-feedback) #### Testing assignments automatically {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-using-autograding %} #### Preventing changes to important files {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-prevent-changes %} #### Creating a pull request for feedback {% data reusables.classroom.you-can-create-a-pull-request-for-feedback %} {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-create-review-pull-request %} {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-click-create-assignment-button %} ### Inviting students to an assignment {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-invite-students-to-assignment %} You can see the teams that are working on or have submitted an assignment in the **Teams** tab for the assignment. {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-to-prevent-submission %} <div class="procedural-image-wrapper"> <img alt="Group assignment" class="procedural-image-wrapper" src="/assets/images/help/classroom/assignment-group-hero.png"> </div> ### Next steps - After you create the assignment and your students form teams, team members can start work on the assignment using Git and {% data variables.product.product_name %}'s features. Students can clone the repository, push commits, manage branches, create and review pull requests, address merge conflicts, and discuss changes with issues. Both you and the team can review the commit history for the repository. For more information, see "[Getting started with {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}](/github/getting-started-with-github)," "[Creating, cloning, and archiving repositories](/github/creating-cloning-and-archiving-repositories)," "[Using Git](/github/using-git)," and "[Collaborating with issues and pull requests](/github/collaborating-with-issues-and-pull-requests)," and the free course on [managing merge conflicts](https://lab.github.com/githubtraining/managing-merge-conflicts) from {% data variables.product.prodname_learning %}. - When a team finishes an assignment, you can review the files in the repository, or you can review the history and visualizations for the repository to better understand how the team collaborated. For more information, see "[Visualizing repository data with graphs](/github/visualizing-repository-data-with-graphs)." - You can provide feedback for an assignment by commenting on individual commits or lines in a pull request. For more information, see "[Commenting on a pull request](/github/collaborating-with-issues-and-pull-requests/commenting-on-a-pull-request)" and "[Opening an issue from code](/github/managing-your-work-on-github/opening-an-issue-from-code)." For more information about creating saved replies to provide feedback for common errors, see "[About saved replies](/github/writing-on-github/about-saved-replies)." ### Further reading - "[Use {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} in your classroom and research](/education/teach-and-learn-with-github-education/use-github-in-your-classroom-and-research)" - "[Connect a learning management system to {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/connect-a-learning-management-system-to-github-classroom)" - [Using Existing Teams in Group Assignments?](https://education.github.community/t/using-existing-teams-in-group-assignments/6999) in the {% data variables.product.prodname_education %} Community 19 ...sework-with-github-classroom/create-an-assignment-from-a-template-repository.md @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ --- title: Create an assignment from a template repository intro: You can create an assignment from a template repository to provide starter code, documentation, and other resources to your students. versions: free-pro-team: '*' redirect_from: - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/using-template-repos-for-assignments --- You can use a template repository on {% data variables.product.product_name %} as starter code for an assignment on {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. Your template repository can contain boilerplate code, documentation, and other resources for your students. For more information, see "[Creating a template repository](/github/creating-cloning-and-archiving-repositories/creating-a-template-repository)." To use the template repository for your assignment, the template repository must be owned by your organization, or the visibility of the template repository must be public. {% data reusables.classroom.you-may-want-to-predefine-repository-settings %} For more information, see "[Configure default settings for assignment repositories](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/configure-default-settings-for-assignment-repositories)." ### Further reading - "[Create an individual assignment](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-an-individual-assignment)" - "[Create a group assignment](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-a-group-assignment)" 124 ...tion/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-an-individual-assignment.md @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ --- title: Create an individual assignment intro: You can create an assignment for students in your course to complete individually. versions: free-pro-team: '*' redirect_from: - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/creating-an-individual-assignment - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-an-individual-assignment --- ### About individual assignments {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-individual-definition %} {% data reusables.classroom.classroom-creates-individual-repositories %} {% data reusables.classroom.about-assignments %} For a video demonstration of the creation of an individual assignment, see "[Basics of setting up {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/basics-of-setting-up-github-classroom)." ### Prerequisites {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-classroom-prerequisite %} ### Creating an assignment {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-create-the-assignment %} ### Setting up the basics for an assignment Name your assignment, decide whether to assign a deadline, and choose the visibility of assignment repositories. - [Naming an assignment](#naming-an-assignment) - [Assigning a deadline for an assignment](#assigning-a-deadline-for-an-assignment) - [Choosing an assignment type](#choosing-an-assignment-type) - [Choosing a visibility for assignment repositories](#choosing-a-visibility-for-assignment-repositories) #### Naming an assignment For an individual assignment, {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} names repositories by the repository prefix and the student's {% data variables.product.product_name %} username. By default, the repository prefix is the assignment title. For example, if you name an assignment "assignment-1" and the student's username on {% data variables.product.product_name %} is @octocat, the name of the assignment repository for @octocat will be `assignment-1-octocat`. {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-type-a-title %} #### Assigning a deadline for an assignment {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-assign-a-deadline %} #### Choosing an assignment type Under "Individual or group assignment", select the drop-down menu, and click **Individual assignment**. You can't change the assignment type after you create the assignment. If you'd rather create a group assignment, see "[Create a group assignment](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-a-group-assignment)." #### Choosing a visibility for assignment repositories {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-choose-visibility %} {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-click-continue-after-basics %} ### Adding starter code and configuring a development environment {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-intro-for-environment %} - [Choosing a template repository](#choosing-a-template-repository) - [Choosing an online integrated development environment (IDE)](#choosing-an-online-integrated-development-environment-ide) #### Choosing a template repository By default, a new assignment will create an empty repository for each student on the roster for the classroom. {% data reusables.classroom.you-can-choose-a-template-repository %} For more information about template repositories, see "[Creating a template repository](/github/creating-cloning-and-archiving-repositories/creating-a-template-repository)." {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-choose-template-repository %} {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-click-continue-after-starter-code-and-feedback %} #### Choosing an online integrated development environment (IDE) {% data reusables.classroom.about-online-ides %} For more information, see "[Integrate {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} with an IDE](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/integrate-github-classroom-with-an-ide)." {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-choose-an-online-ide %} ### Providing feedback for an assignment Optionally, you can automatically grade assignments and create a space for discussing each submission with the student. - [Testing assignments automatically](#testing-assignments-automatically) - [Preventing changes to important files](#preventing-changes-to-important-files) - [Creating a pull request for feedback](#creating-a-pull-request-for-feedback) #### Testing assignments automatically {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-using-autograding %} #### Preventing changes to important files {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-prevent-changes %} #### Creating a pull request for feedback {% data reusables.classroom.you-can-create-a-pull-request-for-feedback %} {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-create-review-pull-request %} {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-click-create-assignment-button %} ### Inviting students to an assignment {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-guide-invite-students-to-assignment %} You can see whether a student has joined the classroom and accepted or submitted an assignment in the **All students** tab for the assignment. {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-to-prevent-submission %} <div class="procedural-image-wrapper"> <img alt="Individual assignment" class="procedural-image-wrapper" src="/assets/images/help/classroom/assignment-individual-hero.png"> </div> ### Next steps - Once you create the assignment, students can start work on the assignment using Git and {% data variables.product.product_name %}'s features. Students can clone the repository, push commits, manage branches, create and review pull requests, address merge conflicts, and discuss changes with issues. Both you and student can review the commit history for the repository. For more information, see "[Getting started with {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}](/github/getting-started-with-github)," "[Creating, cloning, and archiving repositories](/github/creating-cloning-and-archiving-repositories)," "[Using Git](/github/using-git)," and "[Collaborating with issues and pull requests](/github/collaborating-with-issues-and-pull-requests)." - When a student finishes an assignment, you can review the files in the repository, or you can review the history and visualizations for the repository to better understand the student's work. For more information, see "[Visualizing repository data with graphs](/github/visualizing-repository-data-with-graphs)." - You can provide feedback for an assignment by commenting on individual commits or lines in a pull request. For more information, see "[Commenting on a pull request](/github/collaborating-with-issues-and-pull-requests/commenting-on-a-pull-request)" and "[Opening an issue from code](/github/managing-your-work-on-github/opening-an-issue-from-code)." For more information about creating saved replies to provide feedback for common errors, see "[About saved replies](/github/writing-on-github/about-saved-replies)." ### Further reading - "[Use {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} in your classroom and research](/education/teach-and-learn-with-github-education/use-github-in-your-classroom-and-research)" - "[Connect a learning management system to {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/connect-a-learning-management-system-to-github-classroom)" 9 ...on/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/get-started-with-github-classroom.md @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ --- title: Get started with GitHub Classroom shortTitle: Get started intro: Learn how to configure and use {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} to administer your course. mapTopic: true versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- 52 content/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/glossary.md @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ --- title: Glossary intro: You can review explanations of terminology for {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- ### assignment An assignment is coursework in {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. A teacher can assign an assignment to an individual student or a group of students. Teachers can import starter code for the assignment, assign students, and create a deadline for each assignment. For more information, see the definitions for "[individual assignment](#individual-assignment)" and "[group assignment](#group-assignment)." --- ### classroom A classroom is the basic unit of {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. Teachers can use a classroom to organize and manage students, teaching assistants, and assignments for a single course. A classroom belongs to an organization on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom_the_website %}. To administer a classroom, you must be an organization owner for the organization on {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}. For more information, see "[Manage classrooms](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/manage-classrooms)." --- ### {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} is a web application for educators that provides course administration tools integrated with {% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %}. For more information, see the [{% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}](https://classroom.github.com/) website. --- ### group assignment {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-group-definition %} For more information, see "[Create a group assignment](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-a-group-assignment)." --- ### identifier An identifier in {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} is a unique ID for a student participating in a course. For example, an identifier can be a student name, alphanumeric ID, or email address. --- ### individual assignment {% data reusables.classroom.assignments-individual-definition %} For more information, see "[Create an individual assignment](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-an-individual-assignment)." --- ### roster A roster allows a teacher to manage students and assignment submissions in a classroom on {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. Teachers can create a roster by entering a list of student identifiers, or by connecting {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} to a learning management system (LMS). For more information about identifiers, see the definition of "[identifier](#identifier)." For more information about connecting {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} to an LMS, see "[Connect a learning management system to {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/connect-a-learning-management-system-to-github-classroom)." --- ### Further reading - "[{% data variables.product.prodname_dotcom %} glossary](/github/getting-started-with-github/github-glossary)" 32 content/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/index.md @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ --- title: Manage coursework with GitHub Classroom shortTitle: '{% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}' intro: With {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}, you can use {% data variables.product.product_name %} to administer or participate in a course about software development. versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- ### Table of Contents {% topic_link_in_list /get-started-with-github-classroom %} {% link_in_list /basics-of-setting-up-github-classroom %} {% link_in_list /glossary %} {% topic_link_in_list /teach-with-github-classroom %} {% link_in_list /manage-classrooms %} {% link_in_list /create-an-individual-assignment %} {% link_in_list /create-a-group-assignment %} {% link_in_list /create-an-assignment-from-a-template-repository %} {% link_in_list /leave-feedback-with-pull-requests %} {% link_in_list /use-autograding %} {% link_in_list /configure-default-settings-for-assignment-repositories %} {% link_in_list /connect-a-learning-management-system-to-github-classroom %} {% topic_link_in_list /integrate-github-classroom-with-an-ide %} {% link_in_list /integrate-github-classroom-with-an-online-ide %} {% link_in_list /about-using-makecode-arcade-with-github-classroom %} {% link_in_list /about-using-replit-with-github-classroom %} {% link_in_list /run-student-code-in-an-online-ide %} {% topic_link_in_list /learn-with-github-classroom %} {% link_in_list /view-autograding-results %} 8 ...nage-coursework-with-github-classroom/integrate-github-classroom-with-an-ide.md @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ --- title: Integrate GitHub Classroom with an IDE shortTitle: Integrate with an IDE intro: You can help your students write, test, and debug code by preconfiguring a development environment for assignment repositories on {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. mapTopic: true versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- 42 ...ursework-with-github-classroom/integrate-github-classroom-with-an-online-ide.md @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ --- title: Integrate GitHub Classroom with an online IDE shortTitle: Integrate with an online IDE intro: You can preconfigure a supported online integrated development environment (IDE) for assignments you create in {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. versions: free-pro-team: '*' redirect_from: - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/online-ide-integrations --- ### About integration with an online IDE {% data reusables.classroom.about-online-ides %} After a student accepts an assignment with an online IDE, the README file in the student's assignment repository will contain a button to open the assignment in the IDE. The student can begin working immediately, and no additional configuration is necessary.  ### Supported online IDEs {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} supports the following online IDEs. You can learn more about the student experience for each IDE. | IDE | More information | | :- | :- | | Microsoft MakeCode Arcade | "[About using MakeCode Arcade with {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/about-using-makecode-arcade-with-github-classroom)" | | Repl.it | "[About using Repl.it with GitHub Classroom](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/about-using-replit-with-github-classroom)" | ### Configuring an online IDE for an assignment You can choose the online IDE you'd like to use for an assignment when you create an assignment. To learn how to create a new assignment that uses an online IDE, see "[Create an individual assignment](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-an-individual-assignment)" or "[Create a group assignment](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-a-group-assignment)." ### Authorizing the OAuth app for an online IDE The first time you configure an assignment with an online IDE, you must authorize the OAuth app for the online IDE for your organization.  For all repositories, grant the app **read** access to metadata, administration, and code, and **write** access to administration and code. For more information, see "[Authorizing OAuth Apps](/github/authenticating-to-github/authorizing-oauth-apps)." ### Further reading - "[About READMEs](/github/creating-cloning-and-archiving-repositories/about-readmes)" 7 ...ducation/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/learn-with-github-classroom.md @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ --- title: Learn with GitHub Classroom intro: You can participate in coursework in {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} and see results from your teacher. mapTopic: true versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- 33 ...on/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/leave-feedback-with-pull-requests.md @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ --- title: Leave feedback with pull requests intro: You can leave feedback for your students in a special pull request within the repository for each assignment. permissions: People with read permissions to a repository can leave feedback in a pull request for the repository. versions: free-pro-team: '*' redirect_from: - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/leaving-feedback-in-github --- ### About feedback pull requests for assignments {% data reusables.classroom.you-can-create-a-pull-request-for-feedback %} When you enable the pull request for feedback for an assignment, {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} will create a special pull request titled **Feedback** in the assignment repository for each student or team. The pull request automatically shows every commit that a student pushed to the assignment repository's default branch. ### Prerequisites To create and access the feedback pull request, you must enable the feedback pull request when you create the assignment. {% data reusables.classroom.for-more-information-about-assignment-creation %} ### Leaving feedback in a pull request for an assignment {% data reusables.classroom.sign-into-github-classroom %} 1. In the list of classrooms, click the classroom with the assignment you want to review.  {% data reusables.classroom.click-assignment-in-list %} 1. To the right of the submission, click **Review**.  1. Review the pull request. For more information, see "[Commenting on a pull request](/github/collaborating-with-issues-and-pull-requests/commenting-on-a-pull-request)." ### Further reading - "[Integrate {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} with an IDE](http://localhost:4000/en/free-pro-team@latest/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/integrate-github-classroom-with-an-ide)" 121 content/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/manage-classrooms.md @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ --- title: Manage classrooms intro: You can create and manage a classroom for each course that you teach using {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. permissions: Organization owners can manage a classroom for an organization. versions: free-pro-team: '*' redirect_from: - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/archive-a-classroom --- ### About classrooms {% data reusables.classroom.about-classrooms %}  ### About management of classrooms {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} uses organization accounts on {% data variables.product.product_name %} to manage permissions, administration, and security for each classroom that you create. Each organization can have multiple classrooms. After you create a classroom, {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} will prompt you to invite teaching assistants (TAs) and admins to the classroom. Each classroom can have one or more admins. Admins can be teachers, TAs, or any other course administrator who you'd like to have control over your classrooms on {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. Invite TAs and admins to your classroom by inviting the user accounts on {% data variables.product.product_name %} to your organization as organization owners and sharing the URL for your classrom. Organization owners can administer any classroom for the organization. For more information, see "[Permission levels for an organization](/github/setting-up-and-managing-organizations-and-teams/permission-levels-for-an-organization)" and "[Inviting users to join your organization](/github/setting-up-and-managing-organizations-and-teams/inviting-users-to-join-your-organization)." When you're done using a classroom, you can archive the classroom and refer to the classroom, roster, and assignments later, or you can delete the classroom if you no longer need the classroom. ### About classroom rosters Each classroom has a roster. A roster is a list of identifiers for the students who participate in your course. When you first share the URL for an assignment with a student, the student must sign into {% data variables.product.product_name %} with a user account to link the user account to an identifier for the classroom. After the student links a user account, you can see the associated user account in the roster. You can also see when the student accepts or submits an assignment.  ### Prerequisites You must have an organization account on {% data variables.product.product_name %} to manage classrooms on {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. For more information, see "[Types of {% data variables.product.company_short %} accounts](/github/getting-started-with-github/types-of-github-accounts#organization-accounts)" and "[Creating a new organization from scratch](/github/setting-up-and-managing-organizations-and-teams/creating-a-new-organization-from-scratch)." You must authorize the OAuth app for {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} for your organization to manage classrooms for your organization account. For more information, see "[Authorizing OAuth Apps](/github/authenticating-to-github/authorizing-oauth-apps)." ### Creating a classroom {% data reusables.classroom.sign-into-github-classroom %} 1. Click **New classroom**.  {% data reusables.classroom.guide-create-new-classroom %} After you create a classroom, you can begin creating assignments for students. For more information, see "[Create an individual assignment](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-an-individual-assignment)" or "[Create a group assignment](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/create-a-group-assignment)." ### Creating a roster for your classroom You can create a roster of the students who participate in your course. If your course already has a roster, you can update the students on the roster or delete the roster. For more information, see "[Adding a student to the roster for your classroom](#adding-students-to-the-roster-for-your-classroom)" or "[Deleting a roster for a classroom](#deleting-a-roster-for-a-classroom)." {% data reusables.classroom.sign-into-github-classroom %} {% data reusables.classroom.click-classroom-in-list %} {% data reusables.classroom.click-students %} 1. To connect {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} to your LMS and import a roster, click {% octicon "mortar-board" aria-label="The mortar board icon" %} **Import from a learning management system** and follow the instructions. For more information, see "[Connect a learning management system to {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/connect-a-learning-management-system-to-github-classroom)."  1. To create a roster manually, type your student identifiers. Optionally, click **Upload a CSV or text file** to upload a file containing the identifiers.  1. Click **Create roster**.  ### Adding students to the roster for your classroom Your classroom must have an existing roster to add students to the roster. For more information about creating a roster, see "[Creating a roster for your classrom](#creating-a-roster-for-your-classroom)." {% data reusables.classroom.sign-into-github-classroom %} {% data reusables.classroom.click-classroom-in-list %} {% data reusables.classroom.click-students %} 1. To the right of "Classroom roster", click **Update students**.  1. Follow the instructions to add students to the roster. - To import students from an LMS, click **Sync from a learning management system**. For more information about importing a roster from an LMS, see "[Connect a learning management system to {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/connect-a-learning-management-system-to-github-classroom)." - To manually add students, under "Manually add students", click **Upload a CSV or text file** or type the identifiers for the students, then click **Add roster entries**.  ### Renaming a classroom {% data reusables.classroom.sign-into-github-classroom %} {% data reusables.classroom.click-classroom-in-list %} {% data reusables.classroom.click-settings %} 1. Under "Classroom name", type a new name for the classroom.  1. Click **Rename classroom**.  ### Archiving or unarchiving a classroom You can archive a classroom that you no longer use on {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %}. When you archive a classroom, you can't create new assignments or edit existing assignments for the classroom. Students can't accept invitations to assignments in archived classrooms. {% data reusables.classroom.sign-into-github-classroom %} 1. To the right of a classroom's name, select the {% octicon "kebab-horizontal" aria-label="The horizontal kebab icon" %} drop-down menu, then click **Archive**.  1. To unarchive a classroom, to the right of a classroom's name, select the {% octicon "kebab-horizontal" aria-label="The horizontal kebab icon" %} drop-down menu, then click **Unarchive**.  ### Deleting a roster for a classroom {% data reusables.classroom.sign-into-github-classroom %} {% data reusables.classroom.click-classroom-in-list %} {% data reusables.classroom.click-students %} 1. Under "Delete this roster", click **Delete roster**.  1. Read the warnings, then click **Delete roster**.  ### Deleting a classroom {% data reusables.classroom.sign-into-github-classroom %} {% data reusables.classroom.click-classroom-in-list %} {% data reusables.classroom.click-settings %} 1. To the right of "Delete this classroom", click **Delete classroom**.  1. **Read the warnings**. 1. To verify that you're deleting the correct classroom, type the name of the classroom you want to delete.  1. Click **Delete classroom**.  22 ...on/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/run-student-code-in-an-online-ide.md @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ --- title: Run student code in an online IDE intro: You can run the code from a student assignment within the online integrated development environment (IDE) that you configured for the assignment. versions: free-pro-team: '*' redirect_from: - /education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/running-student-code --- ### About student code and online IDEs If you configure an online integrated development environment (IDE) for an assignment, you can run the code within the online IDE. You don't need to clone the assignment repository to your computer. For more information about online IDEs, see "[Integrate {% data variables.product.prodname_classroom %} with an online IDE](/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/integrate-github-classroom-with-an-online-ide)." ### Running student code in the online IDE {% data reusables.classroom.sign-into-github-classroom %} {% data reusables.classroom.click-classroom-in-list %} {% data reusables.classroom.click-assignment-in-list %} 1. To the right of the submission, click **View IDE**.  8 ...ducation/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/teach-with-github-classroom.md @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ --- title: Teach with GitHub Classroom intro: Learn how to set up your classroom and assignments. mapTopic: true versions: free-pro-team: '*' --- 93 content/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/use-autograding.md 30 ...t/education/manage-coursework-with-github-classroom/view-autograding-results.md 90 content/education/quickstart.md 1 ...github-education/about-campus-advisors.md → ...github-education/about-campus-advisors.md 1 ...-github-education/about-campus-experts.md → ...-github-education/about-campus-experts.md 1 ...ducation-for-educators-and-researchers.md → ...ducation-for-educators-and-researchers.md 5 ...on/about-github-education-for-students.md → ...on/about-github-education-for-students.md 9 ...ithub-education/about-github-education.md → ...ithub-education/about-github-education.md 5 .../applying-for-a-student-developer-pack.md → ...ion/apply-for-a-student-developer-pack.md 14 ...for-an-educator-or-researcher-discount.md → ...for-an-educator-or-researcher-discount.md 26 content/education/teach-and-learn-with-github-education/index.md 3 ...github-at-your-educational-institution.md → ...github-at-your-educational-institution.md 3 ...ation/using-github-for-your-schoolwork.md → ...ucation/use-github-for-your-schoolwork.md 3 ...-github-in-your-classroom-and-research.md → ...-github-in-your-classroom-and-research.md 5 ...-for-a-student-developer-pack-approved.md → ...-for-a-student-developer-pack-approved.md 3 ...ucator-or-researcher-discount-approved.md → ...ucator-or-researcher-discount-approved.md 20 ...ering-a-repository/enabling-or-disabling-github-discussions-for-a-repository.md 5 content/github/administering-a-repository/index.md 2 content/github/authenticating-to-github/reviewing-your-security-log.md 1 content/github/collaborating-with-issues-and-pull-requests/index.md 74 ...with-issues-and-pull-requests/reviewing-dependency-changes-in-a-pull-request.md 19 ...g-with-issues-and-pull-requests/reviewing-proposed-changes-in-a-pull-request.md 10 content/github/creating-cloning-and-archiving-repositories/about-repositories.md 15 content/github/customizing-your-github-workflow/about-github-marketplace.md 2 content/github/getting-started-with-github/git-and-github-learning-resources.md 4 content/github/getting-started-with-github/github-glossary.md 6 content/github/getting-started-with-github/signing-up-for-a-new-github-account.md 1 content/github/index.md 2 ...b/managing-security-vulnerabilities/about-alerts-for-vulnerable-dependencies.md 25 ...hub/managing-security-vulnerabilities/about-managing-vulnerable-dependencies.md 1 content/github/managing-security-vulnerabilities/index.md 4 ...nerabilities/viewing-and-updating-vulnerable-dependencies-in-your-repository.md 3 ...criptions-and-notifications-on-github/managing-notifications-from-your-inbox.md 6 content/github/managing-your-work-on-github/about-issues.md 3 content/github/searching-for-information-on-github/about-searching-on-github.md 5 content/github/searching-for-information-on-github/index.md 114 content/github/searching-for-information-on-github/searching-discussions.md 2 ...ithub/searching-for-information-on-github/searching-issues-and-pull-requests.md 2 ...nd-managing-billing-and-payments-on-github/about-billing-for-github-sponsors.md 4 ...-billing-and-payments-on-github/discounted-subscriptions-for-github-accounts.md 19 ...ing-up-and-managing-billing-and-payments-on-github/downgrading-a-sponsorship.md 16 ...tting-up-and-managing-billing-and-payments-on-github/upgrading-a-sponsorship.md 4 content/github/setting-up-and-managing-organizations-and-teams/index.md 27 ...and-teams/managing-discussion-creation-for-repositories-in-your-organization.md 25 ...izations-and-teams/managing-updates-from-accounts-your-organization-sponsors.md 3 ...p-and-managing-organizations-and-teams/permission-levels-for-an-organization.md 14 ...ing-organizations-and-teams/repository-permission-levels-for-an-organization.md 86 ...naging-organizations-and-teams/reviewing-the-audit-log-for-your-organization.md 1 content/github/setting-up-and-managing-your-github-user-account/index.md 24 ...etting-up-and-managing-your-github-user-account/managing-your-theme-settings.md 12 content/github/site-policy/github-additional-product-terms.md 8 ...porting-the-open-source-community-with-github-sponsors/about-github-sponsors.md 17 ...community-with-github-sponsors/attributing-sponsorships-to-your-organization.md 28 ...e-open-source-community-with-github-sponsors/changing-your-sponsorship-tiers.md 22 ...th-github-sponsors/configuring-webhooks-for-events-in-your-sponsored-account.md 17 ...ting-the-open-source-community-with-github-sponsors/contacting-your-sponsors.md 25 ...munity-with-github-sponsors/editing-your-profile-details-for-github-sponsors.md 1 content/github/supporting-the-open-source-community-with-github-sponsors/index.md 12 ...ce-community-with-github-sponsors/managing-your-payouts-from-github-sponsors.md 18 ...he-open-source-community-with-github-sponsors/managing-your-sponsorship-goal.md 39 ...ing-the-open-source-community-with-github-sponsors/managing-your-sponsorship.md 10 ...munity-with-github-sponsors/setting-up-github-sponsors-for-your-organization.md 10 ...munity-with-github-sponsors/setting-up-github-sponsors-for-your-user-account.md 62 ...-source-community-with-github-sponsors/sponsoring-an-open-source-contributor.md 27 ...source-community-with-github-sponsors/viewing-your-sponsors-and-sponsorships.md 23 content/github/teaching-and-learning-with-github-education/index.md This file was deleted. 7 ...nt/github/visualizing-repository-data-with-graphs/about-the-dependency-graph.md 1 content/github/working-with-github-support/index.md 10 content/graphql/README.md 58 ...tting-started-with-github-container-registry/about-github-container-registry.md This file was deleted. 15 content/packages/getting-started-with-github-container-registry/index.md This file was deleted. 95 content/packages/guides/about-github-container-registry.md 2 ...ol-and-visibility-for-container-images.md → ...ol-and-visibility-for-container-images.md 5 ...che-maven-for-use-with-github-packages.md → ...che-maven-for-use-with-github-packages.md 1 ...ng-docker-for-use-with-github-packages.md → ...ng-docker-for-use-with-github-packages.md 1 ...otnet-cli-for-use-with-github-packages.md → ...otnet-cli-for-use-with-github-packages.md 1 ...ng-gradle-for-use-with-github-packages.md → ...ng-gradle-for-use-with-github-packages.md 1 ...uring-npm-for-use-with-github-packages.md → ...uring-npm-for-use-with-github-packages.md 1 ...-rubygems-for-use-with-github-packages.md → ...-rubygems-for-use-with-github-packages.md 2 ...ting-a-repository-to-a-container-image.md → ...ting-a-repository-to-a-container-image.md 10 content/packages/guides/container-guides-for-github-packages.md 2 ...er-registry/deleting-a-container-image.md → ...ages/guides/deleting-a-container-image.md 2 ...ry/enabling-improved-container-support.md → ...es/enabling-improved-container-support.md 33 content/packages/guides/index.md 2 ...b-container-registry-for-docker-images.md → ...b-container-registry-for-docker-images.md 10 content/packages/guides/package-client-guides-for-github-packages.md 2 ...stry/pushing-and-pulling-docker-images.md → ...ides/pushing-and-pulling-docker-images.md 1 ...ng-github-packages-with-github-actions.md → ...ng-github-packages-with-github-actions.md 46 content/packages/index.md 60 ...anaging-packages/about-github-packages.md → ...-github-packages/about-github-packages.md 13 ...concepts-for-github-container-registry.md → ...ages/core-concepts-for-github-packages.md 16 content/packages/learn-github-packages/index.md 1 ...managing-packages/publishing-a-package.md → ...n-github-packages/publishing-a-package.md 3 ...d-managing-packages/deleting-a-package.md → ...ges/manage-packages/deleting-a-package.md 8 ...publishing-and-managing-packages/index.md → content/packages/manage-packages/index.md 1 ...managing-packages/installing-a-package.md → ...s/manage-packages/installing-a-package.md 1 ...and-managing-packages/viewing-packages.md → ...kages/manage-packages/viewing-packages.md 11 content/packages/managing-container-images-with-github-container-registry/index.md This file was deleted. 109 content/packages/quickstart.md 20 content/packages/using-github-packages-with-your-projects-ecosystem/index.md This file was deleted. 10 content/rest/README.md 18 content/rest/overview/resources-in-the-rest-api.md 2 content/rest/overview/troubleshooting.md 10 content/rest/reference/enterprise-admin.md 2 data/products.yml 2 data/reusables/accounts/create-account.md 2 data/reusables/actions/actions-not-verified.md 7 data/reusables/actions/visualization-beta.md 5 data/reusables/audit_log/audit-log-api-info.md 1 data/reusables/audit_log/audit-log-git-events-retention.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/about-assignments.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/about-autograding.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/about-classrooms.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/about-online-ides.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-classroom-prerequisite.md 2 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-click-pencil.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-group-definition.md 5 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-guide-assign-a-deadline.md 5 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-guide-choose-an-online-ide.md 5 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-guide-choose-template-repository.md 9 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-guide-choose-visibility.md 7 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-guide-click-continue-after-basics.md 7 ...s/classroom/assignments-guide-click-continue-after-starter-code-and-feedback.md 5 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-guide-click-create-assignment-button.md 5 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-guide-create-review-pull-request.md 5 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-guide-create-the-assignment.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-guide-intro-for-environment.md 3 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-guide-invite-students-to-assignment.md 7 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-guide-prevent-changes.md 23 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-guide-using-autograding.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-individual-definition.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-to-prevent-submission.md 5 data/reusables/classroom/assignments-type-a-title.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/classroom-creates-group-repositories.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/classroom-creates-individual-repositories.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/classroom-enables-invitation-urls.md 2 data/reusables/classroom/click-assignment-in-list.md 2 data/reusables/classroom/click-classroom-in-list.md 2 data/reusables/classroom/click-settings.md 2 data/reusables/classroom/click-students.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/for-more-information-about-assignment-creation.md 6 data/reusables/classroom/guide-create-new-classroom.md 5 data/reusables/classroom/invitation-url-warning.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/readme-contains-button-for-online-ide.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/sign-into-github-classroom.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/use-add-test-drop-down-to-click-grading-method.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/you-can-choose-a-template-repository.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/you-can-create-a-pull-request-for-feedback.md 1 data/reusables/classroom/you-may-want-to-predefine-repository-settings.md 1 data/reusables/discussions/about-categories-and-formats.md 1 data/reusables/discussions/about-discussions.md 5 data/reusables/discussions/beta.md 2 data/reusables/discussions/click-discussion-in-list.md 2 data/reusables/discussions/discussions-tab.md 2 data/reusables/discussions/edit-categories.md 1 data/reusables/discussions/edit-category-details.md 8 ...les/discussions/enabling-or-disabling-github-discussions-for-your-repository.md 1 data/reusables/discussions/github-recognizes-members.md 16 data/reusables/discussions/marking-a-comment-as-an-answer.md 1 data/reusables/discussions/repository-category-limit.md 10 data/reusables/discussions/starting-a-discussion.md 1 data/reusables/discussions/you-can-categorize-discussions.md 1 data/reusables/discussions/you-can-convert-an-issue.md 1 data/reusables/discussions/you-can-use-discussions.md 1 data/reusables/discussions/you-cannot-convert-a-discussion.md 2 data/reusables/education/about-github-education-link.md 2 data/reusables/education/apply-for-team.md 2 data/reusables/education/click-get-teacher-benefits.md 6 data/reusables/education/educator-requirements.md 1 data/reusables/gated-features/discussions.md 1 data/reusables/marketplace/app-transfer-to-org-for-verification.md 5 data/reusables/marketplace/free-plan-note.md 2 data/reusables/marketplace/launch-with-free.md 8 data/reusables/marketplace/marketplace-billing-ui-requirements.md 2 data/reusables/package_registry/billing-for-container-registry.md 2 data/reusables/package_registry/container-registry-beta-billing-note.md 2 data/reusables/package_registry/container-registry-beta.md 2 data/reusables/package_registry/docker_registry_deprecation_status.md 2 data/reusables/package_registry/feature-preview-for-container-registry.md 2 data/reusables/package_registry/required-scopes.md 2 data/reusables/package_registry/viewing-packages.md 3 data/reusables/repositories/dependency-review.md 7 data/reusables/repositories/navigate-to-job-superlinter.md 4 data/reusables/repositories/view-failed-job-results-superlinter.md 4 data/reusables/repositories/view-specific-line-superlinter.md 2 data/reusables/search/date_gt_lt.md 2 data/reusables/sponsors/billing-switcher.md 2 data/reusables/sponsors/change-tier.md 2 data/reusables/sponsors/choose-updates.md 2 data/reusables/sponsors/developer-sponsored-choose-updates.md This file was deleted. 4 data/reusables/sponsors/manage-developer-sponsorship.md This file was deleted. 4 data/reusables/sponsors/manage-org-sponsorship.md This file was deleted. 2 data/reusables/sponsors/manage-sponsorship.md 1 data/reusables/sponsors/manage-updates-for-orgs.md 2 data/reusables/sponsors/maximum-tier.md 4 data/reusables/sponsors/navigate-to-org-sponsors-dashboard.md This file was deleted. 2 ...onsors/navigate-to-sponsored-developer.md → ...sponsors/navigate-to-sponsored-account.md 1 data/reusables/sponsors/navigate-to-sponsored-org.md This file was deleted. 2 ...ors/navigate-to-dev-sponsors-dashboard.md → ...ponsors/navigate-to-sponsors-dashboard.md 2 data/reusables/sponsors/no-fees.md 5 data/reusables/sponsors/org-sponsors-release-phase.md 2 data/reusables/sponsors/pay-prorated-amount.md 2 data/reusables/sponsors/prorated-sponsorship.md 2 data/reusables/sponsors/sponsor-account.md 7 data/reusables/sponsors/sponsorship-dashboard.md 2 data/reusables/sponsors/sponsorship-details.md 1 data/reusables/webhooks/app_always_desc.md 3 data/ui.yml 7 data/variables/action_code_examples.yml 37 data/variables/discussions_community_examples.yml 6 data/variables/product.yml 21 includes/all-articles.html 4 includes/breadcrumbs.html 2 includes/code-example-card.html 14 includes/discussions-community-card.html 2 includes/header-notification.html 90 javascripts/filter-cards.js 92 javascripts/filter-code-examples.js This file was deleted. 4 javascripts/index.js 64 layouts/product-landing.html 68 lib/data-directory.js 28 lib/filename-to-key.js 7 lib/frontmatter.js 2 lib/liquid-tags/data.js 25 lib/page.js 54 lib/pages.js 21 lib/redirects/get-docs-path-from-developer-path.js 41 lib/redirects/precompile.js 231 lib/rest/static/decorated/api.github.com.json 495 lib/rest/static/dereferenced/api.github.com.deref.json 17 lib/rewrite-local-links.js 10 lib/site-data.js 24 lib/warm-server.js 5 middleware/breadcrumbs.js 38 middleware/categories-for-support-team.js 6 middleware/contextualizers/early-access-links.js 103 middleware/csp.js 69 middleware/early-access-breadcrumbs.js 1 middleware/index.js 45 package-lock.json 3 package.json 4 script/check-s3-images.js 4 script/early-access/clone-locally 41 script/early-access/create-branch 7 server.js 2 stylesheets/article.scss 4 tests/browser/browser.js 10 tests/content/category-pages.js 2 tests/content/crowdin-config.js 3 tests/content/featured-links.js 5 tests/content/glossary.js 42 tests/content/remove-liquid-statements.js 39 tests/content/site-data-references.js 4 tests/content/site-data.js 22 tests/fixtures/rest-redirects.json 10 tests/graphql/build-changelog-test.js 9 tests/helpers/conditional-runs.js 20 tests/meta/orphan-tests.js 23 tests/rendering/breadcrumbs.js 4 tests/rendering/rest.js 3 tests/rendering/server.js 47 tests/routing/developer-site-redirects.js 10 tests/routing/redirects.js 15 tests/unit/data-directory/filename-to-key.js 1 tests/unit/data-directory/fixtures/README.md 1 tests/unit/data-directory/fixtures/bar.yaml 1 tests/unit/data-directory/fixtures/foo.json 1 tests/unit/data-directory/fixtures/nested/baz.md 40 tests/unit/data-directory/index.js 19 tests/unit/early-access.js 4 tests/unit/find-page.js 57 tests/unit/liquid-helpers.js 140 tests/unit/page.js 2 tests/unit/pages.js 0 comments on commit 1a56ed1 Leave a comment You’re not receiving notifications from this thread. © 2021 GitHub, Inc. Terms Privacy Security Status Docs Contact GitHub Pricing API Training Blog About
Abdinajibahmed / MadCam Termux Hack Front Camera By Sending LinkWhat is MadCam? MadCam is an image grabber tool that will allow you to capture images from the victim's phone and save them inside your termux. using this tool you can get anyone's face snap by just sending them a phishing link. The tool can help in situations where you want to know someone's identity. MadCam - Termux Hack Front camera by Sending link Madcam tool is created by mrmadbhai and you can check out his github profile @github.com/mrmadbhai. the tool we are using is Madcam. this tool is very simple and easy to use, it has 2 port forwarding methods (serveo and Ngrok) but we are mostly gonna use Ngrok. How MadCam tool works? Create a Link using Madcam tool. Send the link generated by the tool to the victim. When the victim will click on the link you will get pictures from his camera to your phone. After that, you can directly see the picture or you can move it to your internal storage. NOTE: This post is only for educational purpose. I and this site do not support any criminal activity. If you are doing any sort of misuse of this information This site is not responsible for that. THIS SITE ONLY SUPPORT ETHICAL HACKING. How to install MadCam tool in Termux? Step 1: Update and upgrade the termux So that we will not get errors while installing the MadCam tool. apt update && apt upgrade -y MadCam - Termux Hack Front camera by Sending link Press N if ask about the version. Step 2: Install dependencies for the MadCam tool. apt install php wget git -y MadCam - Termux Hack Front camera by Sending link This will install Php wget and git in termux which will be used while using the MadCam tool. If you already have any of this you can remove the name from the command while installing. Step 3: Now all the dependencies are installed in your termux and now we can install the Madcam tool in termux using the command given below. The file size of this tool is so light so, just copy and paste the below command and the tool will be installed in 10 sec. git clone https://github.com/kinghacker0/WishFish.git MadCam - Termux Hack Front camera by Sending link Step 4: Now Change the directory to Madcam, If you don't know the basic commands of termux then its highly recommended to check this blog:[termux all basic command] cd MadCam MadCam - Termux Hack Front camera by Sending link Step 5: Now we just need to install all the dependencies that we need to run this tool ( in step 2 we already have done it but by doing this step the tool will verify if everything is in the proper place or not). just type the below command and the tool will do everything for you. bash installmad.sh MadCam - Termux Hack Front camera by Sending link these all are one-time processes, after this you can use this tool any time you want. How to Use MadCam in Termux? Step 1: After installation, the tool will automatically run but if you restart termux then you need to first change your directory to the MadCam folder (just follow step 4 above and then start from here). bash madcam.sh MadCam - Termux Hack Front camera by Sending link Step 2: If you see EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY? Just type y and press enter. Now the most important thing !!!!!!Please turn on your hotspot.!!!!!!!. Now you will see choose the port forwarding option, just type 1 and press enter wait till you see a link on the terminal. MadCam - Termux Hack Front camera by Sending link If it is your First time using this Tool, It will install NGrok In Termux. This process can take 1 min if you have slow internet. (also if you are not getting the link, please restart your termux and it will solve the issue.) Step 3: Now you will get a link, just send this link to the Victim and wait, when the Victim will click on this link, you will see the Ip Address of the victim then you will get multiple image files in your termux app. Which will be captured from the victim's front camera. You will get more than 1 image if the victim stays on the page for a long time.If you wanna make you NgrokURL Look more like Real site URL (ex. www.Facebook.com) Then Read this Post : [ Termux Maskphish : Mask URL in Termux ] MadCam - Termux Hack Front camera by Sending link Step 4: Now when you done capturing the images just press ctrl+c button and type ls command and you will see image files. ls MadCam - Termux Hack Front camera by Sending link Step 5: Now to see the images you just have to type the below command and you will able to see the images in the same termux app. if you wanna know more about how to directly open files in termux then you should read this post [ How to Open any File In Termux - 2020 ]. termux-open Imagename MadCam - Termux Hack Front camera by Sending link e.x: termux-open madcam_05Mar234132412.png
Masudbro94 / Python Hacked Mobile Phone Open in app Get started ITNEXT Published in ITNEXT You have 2 free member-only stories left this month. Sign up for Medium and get an extra one Kush Kush Follow Apr 15, 2021 · 7 min read · Listen Save How you can Control your Android Device with Python Photo by Caspar Camille Rubin on Unsplash Photo by Caspar Camille Rubin on Unsplash Introduction A while back I was thinking of ways in which I could annoy my friends by spamming them with messages for a few minutes, and while doing some research I came across the Android Debug Bridge. In this quick guide I will show you how you can interface with it using Python and how to create 2 quick scripts. The ADB (Android Debug Bridge) is a command line tool (CLI) which can be used to control and communicate with an Android device. You can do many things such as install apps, debug apps, find hidden features and use a shell to interface with the device directly. To enable the ADB, your device must firstly have Developer Options unlocked and USB debugging enabled. To unlock developer options, you can go to your devices settings and scroll down to the about section and find the build number of the current software which is on the device. Click the build number 7 times and Developer Options will be enabled. Then you can go to the Developer Options panel in the settings and enable USB debugging from there. Now the only other thing you need is a USB cable to connect your device to your computer. Here is what todays journey will look like: Installing the requirements Getting started The basics of writing scripts Creating a selfie timer Creating a definition searcher Installing the requirements The first of the 2 things we need to install, is the ADB tool on our computer. This comes automatically bundled with Android Studio, so if you already have that then do not worry. Otherwise, you can head over to the official docs and at the top of the page there should be instructions on how to install it. Once you have installed the ADB tool, you need to get the python library which we will use to interface with the ADB and our device. You can install the pure-python-adb library using pip install pure-python-adb. Optional: To make things easier for us while developing our scripts, we can install an open-source program called scrcpy which allows us to display and control our android device with our computer using a mouse and keyboard. To install it, you can head over to the Github repo and download the correct version for your operating system (Windows, macOS or Linux). If you are on Windows, then extract the zip file into a directory and add this directory to your path. This is so we can access the program from anywhere on our system just by typing in scrcpy into our terminal window. Getting started Now that all the dependencies are installed, we can start up our ADB and connect our device. Firstly, connect your device to your PC with the USB cable, if USB debugging is enabled then a message should pop up asking if it is okay for your PC to control the device, simply answer yes. Then on your PC, open up a terminal window and start the ADB server by typing in adb start-server. This should print out the following messages: * daemon not running; starting now at tcp:5037 * daemon started successfully If you also installed scrcpy, then you can start that by just typing scrcpy into the terminal. However, this will only work if you added it to your path, otherwise you can open the executable by changing your terminal directory to the directory of where you installed scrcpy and typing scrcpy.exe. Hopefully if everything works out, you should be able to see your device on your PC and be able to control it using your mouse and keyboard. Now we can create a new python file and check if we can find our connected device using the library: Here we import the AdbClient class and create a client object using it. Then we can get a list of devices connected. Lastly, we get the first device out of our list (it is generally the only one there if there is only one device connected). The basics of writing scripts The main way we are going to interface with our device is using the shell, through this we can send commands to simulate a touch at a specific location or to swipe from A to B. To simulate screen touches (taps) we first need to work out how the screen coordinates work. To help with these we can activate the pointer location setting in the developer options. Once activated, wherever you touch on the screen, you can see that the coordinates for that point appear at the top. The coordinate system works like this: A diagram to show how the coordinate system works A diagram to show how the coordinate system works The top left corner of the display has the x and y coordinates (0, 0) respectively, and the bottom right corners’ coordinates are the largest possible values of x and y. Now that we know how the coordinate system works, we need to check out the different commands we can run. I have made a list of commands and how to use them below for quick reference: Input tap x y Input text “hello world!” Input keyevent eventID Here is a list of some common eventID’s: 3: home button 4: back button 5: call 6: end call 24: volume up 25: volume down 26: turn device on or off 27: open camera 64: open browser 66: enter 67: backspace 207: contacts 220: brightness down 221: brightness up 277: cut 278: copy 279: paste If you wanted to find more, here is a long list of them here. Creating a selfie timer Now we know what we can do, let’s start doing it. In this first example I will show you how to create a quick selfie timer. To get started we need to import our libraries and create a connect function to connect to our device: You can see that the connect function is identical to the previous example of how to connect to your device, except here we return the device and client objects for later use. In our main code, we can call the connect function to retrieve the device and client objects. From there we can open up the camera app, wait 5 seconds and take a photo. It’s really that simple! As I said before, this is simply replicating what you would usually do, so thinking about how to do things is best if you do them yourself manually first and write down the steps. Creating a definition searcher We can do something a bit more complex now, and that is to ask the browser to find the definition of a particular word and take a screenshot to save it on our computer. The basic flow of this program will be as such: 1. Open the browser 2. Click the search bar 3. Enter the search query 4. Wait a few seconds 5. Take a screenshot and save it But, before we get started, you need to find the coordinates of your search bar in your default browser, you can use the method I suggested earlier to find them easily. For me they were (440, 200). To start, we will have to import the same libraries as before, and we will also have our same connect method. In our main function we can call the connect function, as well as assign a variable to the x and y coordinates of our search bar. Notice how this is a string and not a list or tuple, this is so we can easily incorporate the coordinates into our shell command. We can also take an input from the user to see what word they want to get the definition for: We will add that query to a full sentence which will then be searched, this is so that we can always get the definition. After that we can open the browser and input our search query into the search bar as such: Here we use the eventID 66 to simulate the press of the enter key to execute our search. If you wanted to, you could change the wait timings per your needs. Lastly, we will take a screenshot using the screencap method on our device object, and we can save that as a .png file: Here we must open the file in the write bytes mode because the screencap method returns bytes representing the image. If all went according to plan, you should have a quick script which searches for a specific word. Here it is working on my phone: A GIF to show how the definition searcher example works on my phone A GIF to show how the definition searcher example works on my phone Final thoughts Hopefully you have learned something new today, personally I never even knew this was a thing before I did some research into it. The cool thing is, that you can do anything you normal would be able to do, and more since it just simulates your own touches and actions! I hope you enjoyed the article and thank you for reading! 💖 468 9 468 9 More from ITNEXT Follow ITNEXT is a platform for IT developers & software engineers to share knowledge, connect, collaborate, learn and experience next-gen technologies. Sabrina Amrouche Sabrina Amrouche ·Apr 15, 2021 Using the Spotify Algorithm to Find High Energy Physics Particles Python 5 min read Using the Spotify Algorithm to Find High Energy Physics Particles Wenkai Fan Wenkai Fan ·Apr 14, 2021 Responsive design at different levels in Flutter Flutter 3 min read Responsive design at different levels in Flutter Abhishek Gupta Abhishek Gupta ·Apr 14, 2021 Getting started with Kafka and Rust: Part 2 Kafka 9 min read Getting started with Kafka and Rust: Part 2 Adriano Raiano Adriano Raiano ·Apr 14, 2021 How to properly internationalize a React application using i18next React 17 min read How to properly internationalize a React application using i18next Gary A. Stafford Gary A. Stafford ·Apr 14, 2021 AWS IoT Core for LoRaWAN, AWS IoT Analytics, and Amazon QuickSight Lora 11 min read AWS IoT Core for LoRaWAN, Amazon IoT Analytics, and Amazon QuickSight Read more from ITNEXT Recommended from Medium Morpheus Morpheus Morpheus Swap — Resurrection Ashutosh Kumar Ashutosh Kumar GIT Branching strategies and GitFlow Balachandar Paulraj Balachandar Paulraj Delta Lake Clones: Systematic Approach for Testing, Sharing data Jason Porter Jason Porter Week 3 -Yieldly No-Loss Lottery Results Casino slot machines Mikolaj Szabó Mikolaj Szabó in HackerNoon.com Why functional programming matters Tt Tt Set Up LaTeX on Mac OS X Sierra Goutham Pratapa Goutham Pratapa Upgrade mongo to the latest build Julia Says Julia Says in Top Software Developers in the World How to Choose a Software Vendor AboutHelpTermsPrivacy Get the Medium app A button that says 'Download on the App Store', and if clicked it will lead you to the iOS App store A button that says 'Get it on, Google Play', and if clicked it will lead you to the Google Play store
klonnet23 / Helloy Word{ "releases": { "2.0.4": [ "[Fixed] Refresh for Enterprise repositories did not handle API error querying branches - #7713", "[Fixed] Missing \"Discard all changes\" context menu in Changes header - #7696", "[Fixed] \"Select all\" keyboard shortcut not firing on Windows - #7759" ], "2.0.4-beta1": [ "[Fixed] Refresh for Enterprise repositories did not handle API error querying branches - #7713", "[Fixed] Missing \"Discard all changes\" context menu in Changes header - #7696", "[Fixed] \"Select all\" keyboard shortcut not firing on Windows - #7759" ], "2.0.4-beta0": [ "[Added] Extend crash reports with more information about application state for troubleshooting - #7693", "[Fixed] Crash when attempting to update pull requests with partially updated repository information - #7688", "[Fixed] Crash when loading repositories after signing in through the welcome flow - #7699" ], "2.0.3": [ "[Fixed] Crash when loading repositories after signing in through the welcome flow - #7699" ], "2.0.2": [ "[Added] Extend crash reports with more information about application state for troubleshooting - #7693" ], "2.0.1": [ "[Fixed] Crash when attempting to update pull requests with partially updated repository information - #7688" ], "2.0.0": [ "[New] You can now choose to bring your changes with you to a new branch or stash them on the current branch when switching branches - #6107", "[New] Rebase your current branch onto another branch using a guided flow - #5953", "[New] Repositories grouped by owner, and recent repositories listed at top - #6923 #7132", "[New] Suggested next steps now includes suggestion to create a pull request after publishing a branch - #7505", "[Added] .resx syntax highlighting - #7235. Thanks @say25!", "[Added] \"Exit\" menu item now has accelerator and access key - #6507. Thanks @AndreiMaga!", "[Added] Help menu entry to view documentation about keyboard shortcuts - #7184", "[Added] \"Discard all changes\" action under Branch menu - #7394. Thanks @ahuth!", "[Fixed] \"Esc\" key does not close Repository or Branch list - #7177. Thanks @roottool!", "[Fixed] Attempting to revert commits not on current branch results in an error - #6300. Thanks @msftrncs!", "[Fixed] Emoji rendering in app when account name has special characters - #6909", "[Fixed] Files staged outside Desktop for deletion are incorrectly marked as modified after committing - #4133", "[Fixed] Horizontal scroll bar appears unnecessarily when switching branches - #7212", "[Fixed] Icon accessibility labels fail when multiple icons are visible at the same time - #7174", "[Fixed] Incorrectly encoding URLs affects issue filtering - #7506", "[Fixed] License templates do not end with newline character - #6999", "[Fixed] Conflicts banners do not hide after aborting operation outside Desktop - #7046", "[Fixed] Missing tooltips for change indicators in the sidebar - #7174", "[Fixed] Mistaken classification of all crashes being related to launch - #7126", "[Fixed] Unable to switch keyboard layout and retain keyboard focus while using commit form - #6366. Thanks @AndreiMaga!", "[Fixed] Prevent console errors due to underlying component unmounts - #6970", "[Fixed] Menus disabled by activity in inactive repositories - #6313", "[Fixed] Race condition with Git remote lookup may cause push to incorrect remote - #6986", "[Fixed] Restore GitHub Desktop to main screen if external monitor removed - #7418 #2107. Thanks @say25!", "[Fixed] Tab Bar focus ring outlines clip into other elements - #5802. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!", "[Improved] \"Automatically Switch Theme\" on macOS checks theme on launch - #7116. Thanks @say25!", "[Improved] \"Add\" button in repository list should always be visible - #6646", "[Improved] Pull Requests list loads and updates pull requests from GitHub more quickly - #7501 #7163", "[Improved] Indicator hidden in Pull Requests list when there are no open pull requests - #7258", "[Improved] Manually refresh pull requests instead of having to wait for a fetch - #7027", "[Improved] Accessibility attributes for dialog - #6496. Thanks @HirdayGupta!", "[Improved] Alignment of icons in repository list - #7133", "[Improved] Command line interface warning when using \"github open\" with a remote URL - #7452. Thanks @msztech!", "[Improved] Error message when unable to publish private repository to an organization - #7472", "[Improved] Initiate cloning by pressing \"Enter\" when a repository is selected - #6570. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!", "[Improved] Lowercase pronoun in \"Revert this commit\" menu item - #7534", "[Improved] Styles for manual resolution button in \"Resolve Conflicts\" dialog - #7302", "[Improved] Onboarding language for blank slate components - #6638. Thanks @jamesgeorge007!", "[Improved] Explanation for manually conflicted text files in diff viewer - #7611", "[Improved] Visual progress on \"Remove Repository\" and \"Discard Changes\" dialogs - #7015. Thanks @HashimotoYT!", "[Improved] Menu items now aware of force push state and preference to confirm repository removal - #4976 #7138", "[Removed] Branch and pull request filter text persistence - #7437", "[Removed] \"Discard all changes\" context menu item from Changes list - #7394. Thanks @ahuth!" ], "1.7.1-beta1": [ "[Fixed] Tab Bar focus ring outlines clip into other elements - #5802. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!", "[Improved] Show explanation for manually conflicted text files in diff viewer - #7611", "[Improved] Alignment of entries in repository list - #7133" ], "1.7.0-beta9": [ "[Fixed] Add warning when renaming a branch with a stash - #7283", "[Fixed] Restore Desktop to main screen when external monitor removed - #7418 #2107. Thanks @say25!", "[Improved] Performance for bringing uncommitted changes to another branch - #7474" ], "1.7.0-beta8": [ "[Added] Accelerator and access key to \"Exit\" menu item - #6507. Thanks @AndreiMaga!", "[Fixed] Pressing \"Shift\" + \"Alt\" in Commit summary moves input-focus to app menu - #6366. Thanks @AndreiMaga!", "[Fixed] Incorrectly encoding URLs affects issue filtering - #7506", "[Improved] Command line interface warns with helpful message when given a remote URL - #7452. Thanks @msztech!", "[Improved] Lowercase pronoun in \"Revert this commit\" menu item - #7534", "[Improved] \"Pull Requests\" list reflects pull requests from GitHub more quickly - #7501", "[Removed] Branch and pull request filter text persistence - #7437" ], "1.7.0-beta7": [ "[Improved] Error message when unable to publish private repository to an organization - #7472", "[Improved] \"Stashed changes\" button accessibility improvements - #7274", "[Improved] Performance improvements for bringing changes to another branch - #7471", "[Improved] Performance improvements for detecting conflicts from a restored stash - #7476" ], "1.7.0-beta6": [ "[Fixed] Stash viewer does not disable restore button when changes present - #7409", "[Fixed] Stash viewer does not center \"no content\" text - #7299", "[Fixed] Stash viewer pane width not remembered between sessions - #7416", "[Fixed] \"Esc\" key does not close Repository or Branch list - #7177. Thanks @roottool!", "[Fixed] Stash not cleaned up when it conflicts with working directory contents - #7383", "[Improved] Branch names remain accurate in dialog when stashing and switching branches - #7402", "[Improved] Moved \"Discard all changes\" to Branch menu to prevent unintentionally discarding all changes - #7394. Thanks @ahuth!", "[Improved] UI responsiveness when using keyboard to choose branch in rebase flow - #7407" ], "1.7.0-beta5": [ "[Fixed] Handle warnings if stash creation encounters file permission issue - #7351", "[Fixed] Add \"View stash entry\" action to suggested next steps - #7353", "[Fixed] Handle and recover from failed rebase flow starts - #7223", "[Fixed] Reverse button order when viewing a stash on macOS - #7273", "[Fixed] Prevent console errors due to underlying component unmounts - #6970", "[Fixed] Rebase success banner always includes base branch name - #7220", "[Improved] Added explanatory text for \"Restore\" button for stashes - #7303", "[Improved] Ask for confirmation before discarding stash - #7348", "[Improved] Order stashed changes files alphabetically - #7327", "[Improved] Clarify \"Overwrite Stash Confirmation\" dialog text - #7361", "[Improved] Message shown in rebase setup when target branch is already rebased - #7343", "[Improved] Update stashing prompt verbiage - #7393.", "[Improved] Update \"Start Rebase\" dialog verbiage - #7391", "[Improved] Changes list now reflects what will be committed when handling rebase conflicts - #7006" ], "1.7.0-beta4": [ "[Fixed] Manual conflict resolution choice not updated when resolving rebase conflicts - #7255", "[Fixed] Menu items don't display the expected verbiage for force push and removing a repository - #4976 #7138" ], "1.7.0-beta3": [ "[New] Users can choose to bring changes with them to a new branch or stash them on the current branch when switching branches - #6107", "[Added] GitHub Desktop keyboard shortcuts available in Help menu - #7184", "[Added] .resx file extension highlighting support - #7235. Thanks @say25!", "[Fixed] Attempting to revert commits not on current branch results in an error - #6300. Thanks @msftrncs!", "[Improved] Warn users before rebase if operation will require a force push after rebase complete - #6963", "[Improved] Do not show the number of pull requests when there are no open pull requests - #7258", "[Improved] Accessibility attributes for dialog - #6496. Thanks @HirdayGupta!", "[Improved] Initiate cloning by pressing \"Enter\" when a repository is selected - #6570. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!", "[Improved] Manual Conflicts button styling - #7302", "[Improved] \"Add\" button in repository list should always be visible - #6646" ], "1.7.0-beta2": [ "[New] Rebase your current branch onto another branch using a guided flow - #5953", "[Fixed] Horizontal scroll bar appears unnecessarily when switching branches - #7212", "[Fixed] License templates do not end with newline character - #6999", "[Fixed] Merge/Rebase conflicts banners do not clear when aborting the operation outside Desktop - #7046", "[Fixed] Missing tooltips for change indicators in the sidebar - #7174", "[Fixed] Icon accessibility labels fail when multiple icons are visible at the same time - #7174", "[Improved] Pull requests load faster and PR build status updates automatically - #7163" ], "1.7.0-beta1": [ "[New] Recently opened repositories appear at the top of the repository list - #7132", "[Fixed] Error when selecting diff text while diff is updating - #7131", "[Fixed] Crash when unable to create log file on disk - #7096", "[Fixed] Race condition with remote lookup could cause push to go to incorrect remote - #6986", "[Fixed] Mistaken classification of all crashes being related to launch - #7126", "[Fixed] Prevent menus from being disabled by activity in inactive repositories - #6313", "[Fixed] \"Automatically Switch Theme\" on macOS does not check theme on launch - #7116. Thanks @say25!", "[Fixed] Clicking \"Undo\" doesn't repopulate summary in commit form - #6390. Thanks @humphd!", "[Fixed] Emoji rendering in app broken when account name has special characters - #6909", "[Fixed] Files staged outside Desktop for deletion are incorrectly marked as modified after committing - #4133", "[Improved] Visual feedback on \"Remove Repository\" and \"Discard Changes\" dialogs to show progress - #7015. Thanks @HashimotoYT!", "[Improved] Onboarding language for blank slate components - #6638. Thanks @jamesgeorge007!", "[Improved] Manually refresh pull requests instead of having to wait for a fetch - #7027" ], "1.6.6": [ "[Fixed] Clicking \"Undo\" doesn't repopulate summary in commit form - #6390. Thanks @humphd!", "[Fixed] Handle error when unable to create log file for app - #7096", "[Fixed] Crash when selecting text while the underlying diff changes - #7131" ], "1.6.6-test1": [ "[Fixed] Clicking \"Undo\" doesn't repopulate summary in commit form - #6390. Thanks @humphd!", "[Fixed] Handle error when unable to create log file for app - #7096", "[Fixed] Crash when selecting text while the underlying diff changes - #7131" ], "1.6.5": [ "[Fixed] Publish Repository does not let you publish to an organization on your Enterprise account - #7052" ], "1.6.5-beta2": [ "[Fixed] Publish Repository does not let you choose an organization on your Enterprise account - #7052" ], "1.6.5-beta1": [ "[Fixed] Publish Repository does not let you choose an organization on your Enterprise account - #7052" ], "1.6.4": [ "[Fixed] Embedded Git not working for core.longpath usage in some environments - #7028", "[Fixed] \"Recover missing repository\" can get stuck in a loop - #7038" ], "1.6.4-beta1": [ "[Fixed] Embedded Git not working for core.longpath usage in some environments - #7028", "[Fixed] \"Recover missing repository\" can get stuck in a loop - #7038" ], "1.6.4-beta0": [ "[Removed] Option to discard when files would be overwritten by a checkout - #7016" ], "1.6.3": [ "[New] Display \"pull with rebase\" if a user has set this option in their Git config - #6553 #3422", "[Fixed] Context menu does not open when right clicking on the edges of files in Changes list - #6296. Thanks @JQuinnie!", "[Fixed] Display question mark in image when no commit selected in dark theme - #6915. Thanks @say25!", "[Fixed] No left padding for :emoji:/@user/#issue autocomplete forms. - #6895. Thanks @murrelljenna!", "[Fixed] Reinstate missing image and update illustration in dark theme when no local changes exist - #6894", "[Fixed] Resizing the diff area preserves text selection range - #2677", "[Fixed] Text selection in wrapped diff lines now allows selection of individual lines - #1551", "[Improved] Add option to fetch when a user needs to pull changes from the remote before pushing - #2738 #5451", "[Improved] Enable Git protocol v2 for fetch/push/pull operations - #6142", "[Improved] Moving mouse pointer outside visible diff while selecting a range of lines in a partial commit now automatically scrolls the diff - #658", "[Improved] Sign in form validates both username and password - #6952. Thanks @say25!", "[Improved] Update GitHub logo in \"About\" dialog - #5619. Thanks @HashimotoYT!" ], "1.6.3-beta4": [ "[Improved] Update GitHub logo in \"About\" dialog - #5619. Thanks @HashimotoYT!", "[Improved] Sign in form validates both username and password - #6952. Thanks @say25!" ], "1.6.3-beta3": [ "[New] Display \"pull with rebase\" if a user has set this option in their Git config - #6553 #3422", "[Added] Provide option to discard when files would be overwritten by a checkout - #6755. Thanks @mathieudutour!", "[Fixed] No left padding for :emoji:/@user/#issue autocomplete forms. - #6895. Thanks @murrelljenna!", "[Fixed] Reinstate missing image and fix illustration to work in the dark theme when there are no local changes - #6894", "[Fixed] Display question mark image when there is no commit selected in dark theme - #6915. Thanks @say25!", "[Improved] Group and filter repositories by owner - #6923", "[Improved] Add option to fetch when a user needs to pull changes from the remote before pushing - #2738 #5451" ], "1.6.3-beta2": [ "[Fixed] Text selection in wrapped diff lines now allows selection of individual lines - #1551", "[Fixed] Resizing the diff area preserves text selection range - #2677", "[Improved] Moving the mouse pointer outside of the visible diff while selecting a range of lines in a partial commit will now automatically scroll the diff - #658" ], "1.6.3-beta1": [ "[New] Branches that have been merged and deleted on GitHub.com will now be pruned after two weeks - #750", "[Fixed] Context menu doesn't open when right clicking on the edges of files in Changes list - #6296. Thanks @JQuinnie!", "[Improved] Enable Git protocol v2 for fetch/push/pull operations - #6142", "[Improved] Upgrade to Electron v3 - #6391" ], "1.6.2": [ "[Added] Allow users to also resolve manual conflicts when resolving merge conflicts - #6062", "[Added] Automatic switching between Dark and Light modes on macOS - #5037. Thanks @say25!", "[Added] Crystal and Julia syntax highlighting - #6710. Thanks @KennethSweezy!", "[Added] Lua and Fortran syntax highlighting - #6700. Thanks @SimpleBinary!", "[Fixed] Abbreviated commits are not long enough for large repositories - #6662. Thanks @say25!", "[Fixed] App menu bar visible on hover on Windows when in \"Let’s get started\" mode - #6669", "[Fixed] Fix pointy corners on commit message text area - #6635. Thanks @lisavogtsf!", "[Fixed] Inconsistent \"Reveal in …\" labels for context menus - #6466. Thanks @say25!", "[Fixed] Merge conflict conflict did not ask user to resolve some binary files - #6693", "[Fixed] Prevent concurrent fetches between user and status indicator checks - #6121 #5438 #5328", "[Fixed] Remember scroll positions in History and Changes lists - #5177 #5059. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!", "[Improved] Guided merge conflict resolution only commits changes relevant to the merge - #6349", "[Improved] Use higher contrast color for links in \"Merge Conflicts\" dialog - #6758", "[Improved] Add link to all release notes in Release Notes dialog - #6443. Thanks @koralcem!", "[Improved] Arrow for renamed/copied changes when viewing commit - #6519. Thanks @koralcem!", "[Improved] Updated verbiage for ignoring the files - #6689. Thanks @PaulViola!" ], "1.6.2-beta3": [ "[Improved] Guided merge conflict resolution only commits changes relevant to the merge - #6349" ], "1.6.2-beta2": [ "[Added] Allow users to also resolve manual conflicts when resolving merge conflicts - #6062", "[Added] Crystal and Julia syntax highlighting - #6710. Thanks @KennethSweezy!", "[Fixed] Fix pointy corners on commit message text area - #6635. Thanks @lisavogtsf!", "[Fixed] Use higher contrast color for links in \"Merge Conflicts\" dialog - #6758" ], "1.6.2-beta1": [ "[Added] Automatic switching between Dark and Light modes on macOS - #5037. Thanks @say25!", "[Added] Lua and Fortran syntax highlighting - #6700. Thanks @SimpleBinary!", "[Fixed] Abbreviated commits are not long enough for large repositories - #6662. Thanks @say25!", "[Fixed] App menu bar visible on hover on Windows when in \"Let’s get started\" mode - #6669", "[Fixed] Remember scroll positions in History and Changes lists - #5177 #5059. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!", "[Fixed] Inconsistent \"Reveal in …\" labels for context menus - #6466. Thanks @say25!", "[Fixed] Prevent concurrent fetches between user and status indicator checks - #6121 #5438 #5328", "[Fixed] Merge conflict conflict did not ask user to resolve some binary files - #6693", "[Improved] Add link to all release notes in Release Notes dialog - #6443. Thanks @koralcem!", "[Improved] Arrow for renamed/copied changes when viewing commit - #6519. Thanks @koralcem!", "[Improved] Menu state updating to address race condition - #6643", "[Improved] Updated verbiage when clicking on changed files to make it more explicit what will occur when you ignore the file(s) - #6689. Thanks @PaulViola!" ], "1.6.2-beta0": [ "[Fixed] Don't show \"No local changes\" view when switching between changed files" ], "1.6.1": [ "[Fixed] Don't show \"No local changes\" view when switching between changed files" ], "1.6.0": [ "[New] Help users add their first repo during onboarding - #6474", "[New] \"No local changes\" view helpfully suggests next actions for you to take - #6445", "[Added] Support JetBrains Webstorm as an external editor - #6077. Thanks @KennethSweezy!", "[Added] Add Visual Basic syntax highlighting - #6461. Thanks @SimpleBinary!", "[Fixed] Automatically locate a missing repository when it cannot be found - #6228. Thanks @msftrncs!", "[Fixed] Don't include untracked files in merge commit - #6411", "[Fixed] Don't show \"Still Conflicted Warning\" when all conflicts are resolved - #6451", "[Fixed] Only execute menu action a single time upon hitting Enter - #5344", "[Fixed] Show autocompletion of GitHub handles and issues properly in commit description field - #6459", "[Improved] Repository list when no repositories found - #5566 #6474", "[Improved] Image diff menu no longer covered by large images - #6520. Thanks @06b!", "[Improved] Enable additional actions during a merge conflict - #6385", "[Improved] Increase contrast on input placeholder color in dark mode - #6556", "[Improved] Don't show merge success banner when attempted merge doesn't complete - #6282", "[Improved] Capitalize menu items appropriately on macOS - #6469" ], "1.6.0-beta3": [ "[Fixed] Autocomplete selection does not overflow text area - #6459", "[Fixed] No local changes views incorrectly rendering ampersands - #6596", "[Improved] Capitalization of menu items on macOS - #6469" ], "1.6.0-beta2": [ "[New] \"No local changes\" view makes it easy to find and accomplish common actions - #6445", "[Fixed] Automatically locate a missing repository when it cannot be found - #6228. Thanks @msftrncs!", "[Improved] Enable additional actions during a merge conflict - #6385", "[Improved] Increase contrast on input placeholder color in dark mode - #6556", "[Improved] Merge success banner no longer shown when attempted merge doesn't complete - #6282" ], "1.6.0-beta1": [ "[New] Help users add their first repo during onboarding - #6474", "[Added] Include ability for users to add new repositories when there are none available - #5566 #6474", "[Added] Support JetBrains Webstorm as an external editor - #6077. Thanks @KennethSweezy!", "[Added] Add Visual Basic syntax highlighting - #6461. Thanks @SimpleBinary!", "[Fixed] Don't include untracked files in merge commit - #6411", "[Fixed] Don't show \"Still Conflicted Warning\" when all conflicts are resolved - #6451", "[Fixed] Enter when using keyboard to navigate app menu executed menu action twice - #5344", "[Improved] Image diff menu no longer covered by large images - #6520. Thanks @06b!" ], "1.5.2-beta0": [], "1.5.1": [ "[Added] Provide keyboard shortcut for getting to commit summary field - #1719. Thanks @bruncun!", "[Added] Add hover states on list items and tabs - #6310", "[Added] Add Dockerfile syntax highlighting - #4533. Thanks @say25!", "[Added] Support Visual SlickEdit as an external editor - #6029. Thanks @texasaggie97!", "[Fixed] Allow repositories to be cloned to empty folders - #5857. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!", "[Fixed] Prevent creating branch with detached HEAD from reverting to default branch - #6085", "[Fixed] Fix \"Open In External Editor\" for Atom/VS Code on Windows when paths contain spaces - #6181. Thanks @msftrncs!", "[Fixed] Persist Branch List and Pull Request List filter text - #6002. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!", "[Fixed] Retain renamed branches position in recent branches list - #6155. Thanks @gnehcc!", "[Fixed] Prevent avatar duplication when user is co-author and committer - #6135. Thanks @bblarney!", "[Fixed] Provide keyboard selection for the \"Clone a Repository\" dialog - #3596. Thanks @a-golovanov!", "[Fixed] Close License & Open Source Notices dialog upon pressing \"Enter\" in dialog - #6137. Thanks @bblarney!", "[Fixed] Dismiss \"Merge into Branch\" dialog with escape key - #6154. Thanks @altaf933!", "[Fixed] Focus branch selector when comparing to branch from menu - #5600", "[Fixed] Reverse fold/unfold icons for expand/collapse commit summary - #6196. Thanks @HazemAM!", "[Improved] Allow toggling between diff modes - #6231. Thanks @06b!", "[Improved] Show focus around full input field - #6234. Thanks @seokju-na!", "[Improved] Make lists scroll to bring selected items into view - #6279", "[Improved] Consistently order the options for adding a repository - #6396. Thanks @vilanz!", "[Improved] Clear merge conflicts banner after there are no more conflicted files - #6428" ], "1.5.1-beta6": [ "[Improved] Consistently order the options for adding a repository - #6396. Thanks @vilanz!", "[Improved] Clear merge conflicts banner after there are no more conflicted files - #6428" ], "1.5.1-beta5": [ "[Improved] Commit conflicted files warning - #6381", "[Improved] Dismissable merge conflict dialog and associated banner - #6379 #6380", "[Fixed] Fix feature flag for readme overwrite warning so that it shows on beta - #6412" ], "1.5.1-beta4": [ "[Improved] Display warning if existing readme file will be overwritten - #6338. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!", "[Improved] Add check for attempts to commit >100 MB files without Git LFS - #997. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!", "[Improved] Merge conflicts dialog visual updates - #6377" ], "1.5.1-beta3": [ "[Improved] Maintains state on tabs for different methods of cloning repositories - #5937" ], "1.5.1-beta2": [ "[Improved] Clarified internal documentation - #6348. Thanks @bblarney!" ], "1.5.1-beta1": [ "[Added] Provide keyboard shortcut for getting to commit summary field - #1719. Thanks @bruncun!", "[Added] Add hover states on list items and tabs - #6310", "[Added] Add Dockerfile syntax highlighting - #4533. Thanks @say25!", "[Added] Support Visual SlickEdit as an external editor - #6029. Thanks @texasaggie97!", "[Improved] Allow toggling between diff modes - #6231. Thanks @06b!", "[Improved] Show focus around full input field - #6234. Thanks @seokju-na!", "[Improved] Make lists scroll to bring selected items into view - #6279", "[Fixed] Allow repositories to be cloned to empty folders - #5857. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!", "[Fixed] Prevent creating branch with detached HEAD from reverting to default branch - #6085", "[Fixed] Fix 'Open In External Editor' for Atom/VS Code on Windows when paths contain spaces - #6181. Thanks @msftrncs!", "[Fixed] Persist Branch List and Pull Request List filter text - #6002. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!", "[Fixed] Retain renamed branches position in recent branches list - #6155. Thanks @gnehcc!", "[Fixed] Prevent avatar duplication when user is co-author and committer - #6135. Thanks @bblarney!", "[Fixed] Provide keyboard selection for the ‘Clone a Repository’ dialog - #3596. Thanks @a-golovanov!", "[Fixed] Close License & Open Source Notices dialog upon pressing \"Enter\" in dialog - #6137. Thanks @bblarney!", "[Fixed] Dismiss \"Merge into Branch\" dialog with escape key - #6154. Thanks @altaf933!", "[Fixed] Focus branch selector when comparing to branch from menu - #5600", "[Fixed] Reverse fold/unfold icons for expand/collapse commit summary - #6196. Thanks @HazemAM!" ], "1.5.1-beta0": [], "1.5.0": [ "[New] Clone, create, or add repositories right from the repository dropdown - #5878", "[New] Drag-and-drop to add local repositories from macOS tray icon - #5048", "[Added] Resolve merge conflicts through a guided flow - #5400", "[Added] Allow merging branches directly from branch dropdown - #5929. Thanks @bruncun!", "[Added] Commit file list now has \"Copy File Path\" context menu action - #2944. Thanks @Amabel!", "[Added] Keyboard shortcut for \"Rename Branch\" menu item - #5964. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[Added] Notify users when a merge is successfully completed - #5851", "[Fixed] \"Compare on GitHub\" menu item enabled when no repository is selected - #6078", "[Fixed] Diff viewer blocks keyboard navigation using reverse tab order - #2794", "[Fixed] Launching Desktop from browser always asks to clone repository - #5913", "[Fixed] Publish dialog displayed on push when repository is already published - #5936", "[Improved] \"Publish Repository\" dialog handles emoji characters - #5980. Thanks @WaleedAshraf!", "[Improved] Avoid repository checks when no path is specified in \"Create Repository\" dialog - #5828. Thanks @JakeHL!", "[Improved] Clarify the direction of merging branches - #5930. Thanks @JQuinnie!", "[Improved] Default commit summary more explanatory and consistent with GitHub.com - #6017. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!", "[Improved] Display a more informative message on merge dialog when branch is up to date - #5890", "[Improved] Getting a repository's status only blocks other operations when absolutely necessary - #5952", "[Improved] Display current branch in header of merge dialog - #6027", "[Improved] Sanitize repository name before publishing to GitHub - #3090. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!", "[Improved] Show the branch name in \"Update From Default Branch\" menu item - #3018. Thanks @a-golovanov!", "[Improved] Update license and .gitignore templates for initializing a new repository - #6024. Thanks @say25!" ], "1.5.0-beta5": [], "1.5.0-beta4": [ "[Fixed] \"Compare on GitHub\" menu item enabled when no repository is selected - #6078", "[Fixed] Diff viewer blocks keyboard navigation using reverse tab order - #2794", "[Improved] \"Publish Repository\" dialog handles emoji characters - #5980. Thanks @WaleedAshraf!" ], "1.5.0-beta3": [], "1.5.0-beta2": [ "[Added] Resolve merge conflicts through a guided flow - #5400", "[Added] Notify users when a merge is successfully completed - #5851", "[Added] Allow merging branches directly from branch dropdown - #5929. Thanks @bruncun!", "[Improved] Merge dialog displays current branch in header - #6027", "[Improved] Clarify the direction of merging branches - #5930. Thanks @JQuinnie!", "[Improved] Show the branch name in \"Update From Default Branch\" menu item - #3018. Thanks @a-golovanov!", "[Improved] Default commit summary more explanatory and consistent with GitHub.com - #6017. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!", "[Improved] Updated license and .gitignore templates for initializing a new repository - #6024. Thanks @say25!" ], "1.5.0-beta1": [ "[New] Repository switcher has a convenient \"Add\" button to add other repositories - #5878", "[New] macOS tray icon now supports drag-and-drop to add local repositories - #5048", "[Added] Keyboard shortcut for \"Rename Branch\" menu item - #5964. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[Added] Commit file list now has \"Copy File Path\" context menu action - #2944. Thanks @Amabel!", "[Fixed] Launching Desktop from browser always asks to clone repository - #5913", "[Fixed] Publish dialog displayed on push when repository is already published - #5936", "[Improved] Sanitize repository name before publishing to GitHub - #3090. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!", "[Improved] Getting a repository's status only blocks other operations when absolutely necessary - #5952", "[Improved] Avoid repository checks when no path is specified in \"Create Repository\" dialog - #5828. Thanks @JakeHL!", "[Improved] Display a more informative message on merge dialog when branch is up to date - #5890" ], "1.4.4-beta0": [], "1.4.3": [ "[Added] Add \"Remove Repository\" keyboard shortcut - #5848. Thanks @say25!", "[Added] Add keyboard shortcut to delete a branch - #5018. Thanks @JakeHL!", "[Fixed] Emoji autocomplete not rendering in some situations - #5859", "[Fixed] Release notes text overflowing dialog box - #5854. Thanks @amarsiingh!", "[Improved] Support Python 3 in Desktop CLI on macOS - #5843. Thanks @munir131!", "[Improved] Avoid unnecessarily reloading commit history - #5470", "[Improved] Publish Branch dialog will publish commits when pressing Enter - #5777. Thanks @JKirkYuan!" ], "1.4.3-beta2": [ "[Added] Added keyboard shortcut to delete a branch - #5018. Thanks @JakeHL!", "[Fixed] Fix release notes text overflowing dialog box - #5854. Thanks @amarsiingh!", "[Improved] Avoid unnecessarily reloading commit history - #5470" ], "1.4.3-beta1": [ "[Added] Add \"Remove Repository\" keyboard shortcut - #5848. Thanks @say25!", "[Fixed] Fix emoji autocomplete not rendering in some situations - #5859", "[Fixed] Support Python 3 in Desktop CLI on macOS - #5843. Thanks @munir131!", "[Improved] Publish Branch dialog will publish commits when pressing Enter - #5777. Thanks @JKirkYuan!" ], "1.4.3-beta0": [], "1.4.2": [ "[New] Show resolved conflicts as resolved in Changes pane - #5609", "[Added] Add Terminator, MATE Terminal, and Terminology shells - #5753. Thanks @joaomlneto!", "[Fixed] Update embedded Git to version 2.19.1 for security vulnerability fix", "[Fixed] Always show commit history list when History tab is clicked - #5783. Thanks @JKirkYuan!", "[Fixed] Stop overriding the protocol of a detected GitHub repository - #5721", "[Fixed] Update sign in error message - #5766. Thanks @tiagodenoronha!", "[Fixed] Correct overflowing T&C and License Notices dialogs - #5756. Thanks @amarsiingh!", "[Improved] Add default commit message for single-file commits - #5240. Thanks @lean257!", "[Improved] Refresh commit list faster after reverting commit via UI - #5752", "[Improved] Add repository path to Remove repository dialog - #5805. Thanks @NickCraver!", "[Improved] Display whether user entered incorrect username or email address - #5775. Thanks @tiagodenoronha!", "[Improved] Update Discard Changes dialog text when discarding all changes - #5744. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!" ], "1.4.2-beta0": [], "1.4.1-test2": [ "Testing changes to how Desktop performs CI platform checks" ], "1.4.1-test1": [ "Testing changes to how Desktop performs CI platform checks" ], "1.4.1": [ "[Added] Support for opening repository in Cygwin terminal - #5654. Thanks @LordOfTheThunder!", "[Fixed] 'Compare to Branch' menu item not disabled when modal is open - #5673. Thanks @kanishk98!", "[Fixed] Co-author form does not show/hide for newly-added repository - #5490", "[Fixed] Desktop command line always suffixes `.git` to URL when starting a clone - #5529. Thanks @j-f1!", "[Fixed] Dialog styling issue for dark theme users on Windows - #5629. Thanks @cwongmath!", "[Fixed] No message shown when filter returns no results in Clone Repository view - #5637. Thanks @DanielHix!", "[Improved] Branch names cannot start with a '+' character - #5594. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!", "[Improved] Clone dialog re-runs filesystem check when re-focusing on Desktop - #5518. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!", "[Improved] Commit disabled when commit summary is only spaces - #5677. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!", "[Improved] Commit summary expander sometimes shown when not needed - #5700. Thanks @aryyya!", "[Improved] Error handling when looking for merge base of a missing ref - #5612", "[Improved] Warning if branch exists on remote when creating branch - #5141. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!" ], "1.4.1-beta1": [ "[Added] Support for opening repository in Cygwin terminal - #5654. Thanks @LordOfTheThunder!", "[Fixed] 'Compare to Branch' menu item not disabled when modal is open - #5673. Thanks @kanishk98!", "[Fixed] No message shown when filter returns no results in Clone Repository view - #5637. Thanks @DanielHix!", "[Fixed] Co-author form does not show/hide for newly-added repository - #5490", "[Fixed] Dialog styling issue for dark theme users on Windows - #5629. Thanks @cwongmath!", "[Fixed] Desktop command line always suffixes `.git` to URL when starting a clone - #5529. Thanks @j-f1!", "[Improved] Commit summary expander sometimes shown when not needed - #5700. Thanks @aryyya!", "[Improved] Commit disabled when commit summary is only spaces - #5677. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!", "[Improved] Error handling when looking for merge base of a missing ref - #5612", "[Improved] Clone dialog re-runs filesystem check when re-focusing on Desktop - #5518. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!", "[Improved] Branch names cannot start with a '+' character - #5594. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!", "[Improved] Warning if branch exists on remote when creating branch - #5141. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!" ], "1.4.1-beta0": [], "1.4.0": [ "[New] When an update is available for GitHub Desktop, release notes can be viewed in Desktop - #2774", "[New] Detect merge conflicts when comparing branches - #4588", "[Fixed] Avoid double checkout warning when opening a pull request in Desktop - #5375", "[Fixed] Error when publishing repository is now associated with the right tab - #5422. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!", "[Fixed] Disable affected menu items when on detached HEAD - #5500. Thanks @say25!", "[Fixed] Show border when commit description is expanded - #5506. Thanks @aryyya!", "[Fixed] GitLab URL which corresponds to GitHub repository of same name cloned GitHub repository - #4154", "[Fixed] Caret in co-author selector is hidden when dark theme enabled - #5589", "[Fixed] Authenticating to GitHub Enterprise fails when user has no emails defined - #5585", "[Improved] Avoid multiple lookups of default remote - #5399" ], "1.4.0-beta3": [ "[New] When an update is available for GitHub Desktop, the release notes can be viewed in Desktop - #2774", "[New] Detect merge conflicts when comparing branches - #4588", "[Fixed] Avoid double checkout warning when opening a pull request in Desktop - #5375", "[Fixed] Error when publishing repository is now associated with the right tab - #5422. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!", "[Fixed] Disable affected menu items when on detached HEAD - #5500. Thanks @say25!", "[Fixed] Show border when commit description is expanded - #5506. Thanks @aryyya!", "[Fixed] GitLab URL which corresponds to GitHub repository of same name cloned GitHub repository - #4154", "[Improved] Avoid multiple lookups of default remote - #5399", "[Improved] Skip optional locks when checking status of repository - #5376" ], "1.4.0-beta2": [ "[New] When an update is available for GitHub Desktop, the release notes can be viewed in Desktop - #2774", "[New] Detect merge conflicts when comparing branches - #4588", "[Fixed] Avoid double checkout warning when opening a pull request in Desktop - #5375", "[Fixed] Error when publishing repository is now associated with the right tab - #5422. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!", "[Fixed] Disable affected menu items when on detached HEAD - #5500. Thanks @say25!", "[Fixed] Show border when commit description is expanded - #5506. Thanks @aryyya!", "[Fixed] GitLab URL which corresponds to GitHub repository of same name cloned GitHub repository - #4154", "[Improved] Avoid multiple lookups of default remote - #5399", "[Improved] Skip optional locks when checking status of repository - #5376" ], "1.4.0-beta1": [ "[New] When an update is available for GitHub Desktop, the release notes can be viewed in Desktop - #2774", "[New] Detect merge conflicts when comparing branches - #4588", "[Fixed] Avoid double checkout warning when opening a pull request in Desktop - #5375", "[Fixed] Error when publishing repository is now associated with the right tab - #5422. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!", "[Fixed] Disable affected menu items when on detached HEAD - #5500. Thanks @say25!", "[Fixed] Show border when commit description is expanded - #5506. Thanks @aryyya!", "[Fixed] GitLab URL which corresponds to GitHub repository of same name cloned GitHub repository - #4154", "[Improved] Avoid multiple lookups of default remote - #5399", "[Improved] Skip optional locks when checking status of repository - #5376" ], "1.4.0-beta0": [], "1.3.5": [ "[Fixed] Disable delete button while deleting a branch - #5331", "[Fixed] History now avoids calling log.showSignature if set in config - #5466", "[Fixed] Start blocking the ability to add local bare repositories - #4293. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!", "[Fixed] Revert workaround for tooltip issue on Windows - #3362. Thanks @divayprakash!", "[Improved] Error message when publishing to missing organisation - #5380. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!", "[Improved] Don't hide commit details when commit description is expanded. - #5471. Thanks @aryyya!" ], "1.3.5-beta1": [ "[Fixed] Disable delete button while deleting a branch - #5331", "[Fixed] History now avoids calling log.showSignature if set in config - #5466", "[Fixed] Start blocking the ability to add local bare repositories - #4293. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!", "[Fixed] Revert workaround for tooltip issue on Windows - #3362. Thanks @divayprakash!", "[Improved] Error message when publishing to missing organisation - #5380. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!", "[Improved] Don't hide commit details when commit summary description is expanded. - #5471. Thanks @aryyya!" ], "1.3.5-beta0": [], "1.3.4": [ "[Improved] Cloning message uses remote repo name not file destination - #5413. Thanks @lisavogtsf!", "[Improved] Support VSCode user scope installation - #5281. Thanks @saschanaz!" ], "1.3.4-beta1": [ "[Improved] Cloning message uses remote repo name not file destination - #5413. Thanks @lisavogtsf!", "[Improved] Support VSCode user scope installation - #5281. Thanks @saschanaz!" ], "1.3.4-beta0": [], "1.3.3": [ "[Fixed] Maximize and restore app on Windows does not fill available space - #5033", "[Fixed] 'Clone repository' menu item label is obscured on Windows - #5348. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!", "[Fixed] User can toggle files when commit is in progress - #5341. Thanks @masungwon!", "[Improved] Repository indicator background work - #5317 #5326 #5363 #5241 #5320" ], "1.3.3-beta1": [ "[Fixed] Maximize and restore app on Windows does not fill available space - #5033", "[Fixed] 'Clone repository' menu item label is obscured on Windows - #5348. Thanks @Daniel-McCarthy!", "[Fixed] User can toggle files when commit is in progress - #5341. Thanks @masungwon!", "[Improved] Repository indicator background work - #5317 #5326 #5363 #5241 #5320" ], "1.3.3-test6": ["Testing infrastructure changes"], "1.3.3-test5": ["Testing the new CircleCI config changes"], "1.3.3-test4": ["Testing the new CircleCI config changes"], "1.3.3-test3": ["Testing the new CircleCI config changes"], "1.3.3-test2": ["Testing the new CircleCI config changes"], "1.3.3-test1": ["Testing the new CircleCI config changes"], "1.3.2": [ "[Fixed] Bugfix for background checks not being aware of missing repositories - #5282", "[Fixed] Check the local state of a repository before performing Git operations - #5289", "[Fixed] Switch to history view for default branch when deleting current branch during a compare - #5256", "[Fixed] Handle missing .git directory inside a tracked repository - #5291" ], "1.3.2-beta1": [ "[Fixed] Bugfix for background checks not being aware of missing repositories - #5282", "[Fixed] Check the local state of a repository before performing Git operations - #5289", "[Fixed] Switch to history view for default branch when deleting current branch during a compare - #5256", "[Fixed] Handle missing .git directory inside a tracked repository - #5291" ], "1.3.1": [ "[Fixed] Background Git operations on missing repositories are not handled as expected - #5282" ], "1.3.1-beta1": [ "[Fixed] Background Git operations on missing repositories are not handled as expected - #5282" ], "1.3.1-beta0": [ "[New] Notification displayed in History tab when the base branch moves ahead of the current branch - #4768", "[New] Repository list displays uncommitted changes indicator and ahead/behind information - #2259 #5095", "[Added] Option to move repository to trash when removing from app - #2108. Thanks @say25!", "[Added] Syntax highlighting for PowerShell files - #5081. Thanks @say25!", "[Fixed] \"Discard Changes\" context menu discards correct file when entry is not part of selected group - #4788", "[Fixed] Display local path of selected repository as tooltip - #4922. Thanks @yongdamsh!", "[Fixed] Display root directory name when repository is located at drive root - #4924", "[Fixed] Handle legacy macOS right click gesture - #4942", "[Fixed] History omits latest commit from list - #5243", "[Fixed] Markdown header elements hard to read in dark mode - #5133. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[Fixed] Only perform ahead/behind comparisons when branch selector is open - #5142", "[Fixed] Relax checks for merge commits for GitHub Enterprise repositories - #4329", "[Fixed] Render clickable link in \"squash and merge\" commit message - #5203. Thanks @1pete!", "[Fixed] Return key disabled when no matches found in Compare branch list - #4458", "[Fixed] Selected commit not remembered when switching between History and Changes tabs - #4985", "[Fixed] Selected commit when comparing is reset to latest when Desktop regains focus - #5069", "[Fixed] Support default branch detection for non-GitHub repositories - #4937", "[Improved] Change primary button color to blue for dark theme - #5074", "[Improved] Diff gutter elements should be considered button elements when interacting - #5158", "[Improved] Status parsing significantly more performant when handling thousands of changed files - #2449 #5186" ], "1.3.0": [ "[New] Notification displayed in History tab when the base branch moves ahead of the current branch - #4768", "[New] Repository list displays uncommitted changes indicator and ahead/behind information - #2259 #5095", "[Added] Option to move repository to trash when removing from app - #2108. Thanks @say25!", "[Added] Syntax highlighting for PowerShell files - #5081. Thanks @say25!", "[Fixed] \"Discard Changes\" context menu discards correct file when entry is not part of selected group - #4788", "[Fixed] Display local path of selected repository as tooltip - #4922. Thanks @yongdamsh!", "[Fixed] Display root directory name when repository is located at drive root - #4924", "[Fixed] Handle legacy macOS right click gesture - #4942", "[Fixed] History omits latest commit from list - #5243", "[Fixed] Markdown header elements hard to read in dark mode - #5133. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[Fixed] Only perform ahead/behind comparisons when branch selector is open - #5142", "[Fixed] Relax checks for merge commits for GitHub Enterprise repositories - #4329", "[Fixed] Render clickable link in \"squash and merge\" commit message - #5203. Thanks @1pete!", "[Fixed] Return key disabled when no matches found in Compare branch list - #4458", "[Fixed] Selected commit not remembered when switching between History and Changes tabs - #4985", "[Fixed] Selected commit when comparing is reset to latest when Desktop regains focus - #5069", "[Fixed] Support default branch detection for non-GitHub repositories - #4937", "[Improved] Change primary button color to blue for dark theme - #5074", "[Improved] Diff gutter elements should be considered button elements when interacting - #5158", "[Improved] Status parsing significantly more performant when handling thousands of changed files - #2449 #5186" ], "1.3.0-beta7": [], "1.3.0-beta6": [], "1.3.0-beta5": [ "[Fixed] Ensure commit message is cleared after successful commit - #4046", "[Fixed] History omits latest commit from list - #5243" ], "1.3.0-beta4": [ "[Fixed] Only perform ahead/behind comparisons when branch selector is open - #5142", "[Fixed] Render clickable link in \"squash and merge\" commit message - #5203. Thanks @1pete!", "[Fixed] Selected commit not remembered when switching between History and Changes tabs - #4985", "[Fixed] Selected commit when comparing is reset to latest when Desktop regains focus - #5069" ], "1.3.0-beta3": [ "[Fixed] \"Discard Changes\" context menu discards correct file when entry is not part of selected group - #4788", "[Fixed] Return key disabled when no matches found in Compare branch list - #4458", "[Improved] Status parsing significantly more performant when handling thousands of changed files - #2449 #5186" ], "1.3.0-beta2": [ "[Added] Option to move repository to trash when removing from app - #2108. Thanks @say25!", "[Fixed] Markdown header elements hard to read in dark mode - #5133. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[Improved] Diff gutter elements should be considered button elements when interacting - #5158" ], "1.2.7-test3": ["Test deployment for electron version bump."], "1.3.0-beta1": [ "[New] Notification displayed in History tab when the base branch moves ahead of the current branch - #4768", "[New] Repository list displays uncommitted changes count and ahead/behind information - #2259", "[Added] Syntax highlighting for PowerShell files- #5081. Thanks @say25!", "[Fixed] Display something when repository is located at drive root - #4924", "[Fixed] Relax checks for merge commits for GitHub Enterprise repositories - #4329", "[Fixed] Display local path of selected repository as tooltip - #4922. Thanks @yongdamsh!", "[Fixed] Support default branch detection for non-GitHub repositories - #4937", "[Fixed] Handle legacy macOS right click gesture - #4942", "[Improved] Repository list badge style tweaks and tweaks for dark theme - #5095", "[Improved] Change primary button color to blue for dark theme - #5074" ], "1.2.7-test2": ["Test deployment for electron version bump."], "1.2.7-test1": ["Sanity check deployment for refactored scripts"], "1.2.7-beta0": [ "[Fixed] Visual indicator for upcoming feature should not be shown - #5026" ], "1.2.6": [ "[Fixed] Visual indicator for upcoming feature should not be shown - #5026" ], "1.2.6-beta0": [ "[Fixed] Feature flag for upcoming feature not applied correctly - #5024" ], "1.2.5": [ "[Fixed] Feature flag for upcoming feature not applied correctly - #5024" ], "1.2.4": [ "[New] Dark Theme preview - #4849", "[Added] Syntax highlighting for Cake files - #4935. Thanks @say25!", "[Added] WebStorm support for macOS - #4841. Thanks @mrsimonfletcher!", "[Fixed] Compare tab appends older commits when scrolling to bottom of list - #4964", "[Fixed] Remove temporary directory after Git LFS operation completes - #4414", "[Fixed] Unable to compare when two branches exist - #4947 #4730", "[Fixed] Unhandled errors when refreshing pull requests fails - #4844 #4866", "[Improved] Remove context menu needs to hint if a dialog will be shown - #4975", "[Improved] Upgrade embedded Git LFS - #4602 #4745", "[Improved] Update banner message clarifies that only Desktop needs to be restarted - #4891. Thanks @KennethSweezy!", "[Improved] Discard Changes context menu entry should contain ellipses when user needs to confirm - #4846. Thanks @yongdamsh!", "[Improved] Initializing syntax highlighting components - #4764", "[Improved] Only show overflow shadow when description overflows - #4898", "[Improved] Changes tab displays number of changed files instead of dot - #4772. Thanks @yongdamsh!" ], "1.2.4-beta5": [], "1.2.4-beta4": [ "[Fixed] Compare tab appends older commits when scrolling to bottom of list - #4964", "[Fixed] Remove temporary directory after Git LFS operation completes - #4414", "[Improved] Remove context menu needs to hint if a dialog will be shown - #4975", "[Improved] Upgrade embedded Git LFS - #4602 #4745" ], "1.2.4-test1": [ "Confirming latest Git LFS version addresses reported issues" ], "1.2.4-beta3": [ "[Added] WebStorm support for macOS - #4841. Thanks @mrsimonfletcher!", "[Improved] Update banner message clarifies that only Desktop needs to be restarted - #4891. Thanks @KennethSweezy!" ], "1.2.4-beta2": [], "1.2.4-beta1": [ "[New] Dark Theme preview - #4849", "[Added] Syntax highlighting for Cake files - #4935. Thanks @say25!", "[Fixed] Unable to compare when two branches exist - #4947 #4730", "[Fixed] Unhandled errors when refreshing pull requests fails - #4844 #4866", "[Improved] Discard Changes context menu entry should contain ellipses when user needs to confirm - #4846. Thanks @yongdamsh!", "[Improved] Initializing syntax highlighting components - #4764", "[Improved] Only show overflow shadow when description overflows - #4898", "[Improved] Changes tab displays number of changed files instead of dot - #4772. Thanks @yongdamsh!" ], "1.2.3": [ "[Fixed] No autocomplete when searching for co-authors - #4847", "[Fixed] Error when checking out a PR from a fork - #4842" ], "1.2.3-beta1": [ "[Fixed] No autocomplete when searching for co-authors - #4847", "[Fixed] Error when checking out a PR from a fork - #4842" ], "1.2.3-test1": [ "Confirming switch from uglify-es to babel-minify addresses minification issue - #4871" ], "1.2.2": [ "[Fixed] Make cURL/schannel default to using the Windows certificate store - #4817", "[Fixed] Restore text selection highlighting in diffs - #4818" ], "1.2.2-beta1": [ "[Fixed] Make cURL/schannel default to using the Windows certificate store - #4817", "[Fixed] Text selection highlighting in diffs is back - #4818" ], "1.2.1": [ "[Added] Brackets support for macOS - #4608. Thanks @3raxton!", "[Added] Pull request number and author are included in fuzzy-find filtering - #4653. Thanks @damaneice!", "[Fixed] Decreased the max line length limit - #3740. Thanks @sagaragarwal94!", "[Fixed] Updated embedded Git to 2.17.1 to address upstream security issue - #4791", "[Improved] Display the difference in file size of an image in the diff view - #4380. Thanks @ggajos!" ], "1.2.1-test1": ["Upgraded embedded Git to 2.17.0"], "1.2.1-beta1": [ "[Added] Brackets support for macOS - #4608. Thanks @3raxton!", "[Added] Pull request number and author are included in fuzzy-find filtering - #4653. Thanks @damaneice!", "[Fixed] Decreased the max line length limit - #3740. Thanks @sagaragarwal94!", "[Fixed] Updated embedded Git to 2.17.1 to address upstream security issue - #4791", "[Improved] Display the difference in file size of an image in the diff view - #4380. Thanks @ggajos!" ], "1.2.1-beta0": [], "1.1.2-test6": ["Testing the Webpack v4 output from the project"], "1.2.0": [ "[New] History now has ability to compare to another branch and merge outstanding commits", "[New] Support for selecting more than one file in the changes list - #1712. Thanks @icosamuel!", "[New] Render bitmap images in diffs - #4367. Thanks @MagicMarvMan!", "[Added] Add PowerShell Core support for Windows and macOS - #3791. Thanks @saschanaz!", "[Added] Add MacVim support for macOS - #4532. Thanks @johnelliott!", "[Added] Syntax highlighting for JavaServer Pages (JSP) - #4470. Thanks @damaneice!", "[Added] Syntax highlighting for Haxe files - #4445. Thanks @Gama11!", "[Added] Syntax highlighting for R files - #4455. Thanks @say25!", "[Fixed] 'Open in Shell' on Linux ensures Git is on PATH - #4619. Thanks @ziggy42!", "[Fixed] Pressing 'Enter' on filtered Pull Request does not checkout - #4673", "[Fixed] Alert icon shrinks in rename dialog when branch name is long - #4566", "[Fixed] 'Open in Desktop' performs fetch to ensure branch exists before checkout - #3006", "[Fixed] 'Open in Default Program' on Windows changes the window title - #4446", "[Fixed] Skip fast-forwarding when there are many eligible local branches - #4392", "[Fixed] Image diffs not working for files with upper-case file extension - #4466", "[Fixed] Syntax highlighting not working for files with upper-case file extension - #4462. Thanks @say25!", "[Fixed] Error when creating Git LFS progress causes clone to fail - #4307. Thanks @MagicMarvMan!", "[Fixed] 'Open File in External Editor' always opens a new instance - #4381", "[Fixed] 'Select All' shortcut now works for changes list - #3821", "[Improved] Automatically add valid repository when using command line interface - #4513. Thanks @ggajos!", "[Improved] Always fast-forward the default branch - #4506", "[Improved] Warn when trying to rename a published branch - #4035. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[Improved] Added context menu for files in commit history - #2845. Thanks @crea7or", "[Improved] Discarding all changes always prompts for confirmation - #4459", "[Improved] Getting list of changed files is now more efficient when dealing with thousands of files - #4443", "[Improved] Checking out a Pull Request may skip unnecessary fetch - #4068. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[Improved] Commit summary now has a hint to indicate why committing is disabled - #4429.", "[Improved] Pull request status text now matches format on GitHub - #3521", "[Improved] Add escape hatch to disable hardware acceleration when launching - #3921" ], "1.1.2-beta7": [], "1.1.2-beta6": [ "[Added] Add MacVim support for macOS - #4532. Thanks @johnelliott!", "[Fixed] Open in Shell on Linux ensures Git is available on the user's PATH - #4619. Thanks @ziggy42!", "[Fixed] Keyboard focus issues when navigating Pull Request list - #4673", "[Improved] Automatically add valid repository when using command line interface - #4513. Thanks @ggajos!" ], "1.1.2-test5": ["Actually upgrading fs-extra to v6 in the app"], "1.1.2-test4": ["Upgrading fs-extra to v6"], "1.1.2-beta5": [ "[Added] Syntax highlighting for JavaServer Pages (JSP) - #4470. Thanks @damaneice!", "[Fixed] Prevent icon from shrinking in rename dialog - #4566" ], "1.1.2-beta4": [ "[New] New Compare tab allowing visualization of the relationship between branches", "[New] Support for selecting more than one file in the changes list - #1712. Thanks @icosamuel!", "[Fixed] 'Select All' shortcut now works for changes list - #3821", "[Improved] Always fast-forward the default branch - #4506", "[Improved] Warn when trying to rename a published branch - #4035. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[Improved] Added context menu for files in commit history - #2845. Thanks @crea7or", "[Improved] Discarding all changes always prompts for confirmation - #4459" ], "1.1.2-beta3": [ "[Added] Syntax highlighting for Haxe files - #4445. Thanks @Gama11!", "[Added] Syntax highlighting for R files - #4455. Thanks @say25!", "[Fixed] Fetch to ensure \"Open in Desktop\" has a branch to checkout - #3006", "[Fixed] Handle the click event when opening a binary file - #4446", "[Fixed] Skip fast-forwarding when there are a lot of eligible local branches - #4392", "[Fixed] Image diffs not working for files with upper-case file extension - #4466", "[Fixed] Syntax highlighting not working for files with upper-case file extension - #4462. Thanks @say25!", "[Improved] Getting list of changed files is now more efficient when dealing with thousands of files - #4443", "[Improved] Checking out a Pull Request may skip unnecessary fetch - #4068. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[Improved] Commit summary now has a hint to indicate why committing is disabled - #4429." ], "1.1.2-test3": ["[New] Comparison Branch demo build"], "1.1.2-test2": [ "Refactoring the diff internals to potentially land some SVG improvements" ], "1.1.2-test1": [ "Refactoring the diff internals to potentially land some SVG improvements" ], "1.1.2-beta2": [ "[New] Render bitmap images in diffs - #4367. Thanks @MagicMarvMan!", "[New] Add PowerShell Core support for Windows and macOS - #3791. Thanks @saschanaz!", "[Fixed] Error when creating Git LFS progress causes clone to fail - #4307. Thanks @MagicMarvMan!", "[Fixed] 'Open File in External Editor' does not use existing window - #4381", "[Fixed] Always ask for confirmation when discarding all changes - #4423", "[Improved] Pull request status text now matches format on GitHub - #3521", "[Improved] Add escape hatch to disable hardware acceleration when launching - #3921" ], "1.1.2-beta1": [], "1.1.1": [ "[New] Render WebP images in diffs - #4164. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[Fixed] Edit context menus in commit form input elements - #3886", "[Fixed] Escape behavior for Pull Request list does not match Branch List - #3597", "[Fixed] Keep caret position after inserting completion for emoji/mention - #3835. Thanks @CarlRosell!", "[Fixed] Handle error events when watching files used to get Git LFS output - #4117", "[Fixed] Potential race condition when opening a fork pull request - #4149", "[Fixed] Show placeholder image when no pull requests found - #3973", "[Fixed] Disable commit summary and description inputs while commit in progress - #3893. Thanks @crea7or!", "[Fixed] Ensure pull request cache is cleared after last pull request merged - #4122", "[Fixed] Focus two-factor authentication dialog on input - #4220. Thanks @WaleedAshraf!", "[Fixed] Branches button no longer disabled while on an unborn branch - #4236. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[Fixed] Delete gitignore file when all entries cleared in Repository Settings - #1896", "[Fixed] Add visual indicator that a folder can be dropped on Desktop - #4004. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[Fixed] Attempt to focus the application window on macOS after signing in via the browser - #4126", "[Fixed] Refresh issues when user manually fetches - #4076", "[Improved] Add `Discard All Changes...` to context menu on changed file list - #4197. Thanks @xamm!", "[Improved] Improve contrast for button labels in app toolbar - #4219", "[Improved] Speed up check for submodules when discarding - #4186. Thanks @kmscode!", "[Improved] Make the keychain known issue more clear within Desktop - #4125", "[Improved] Continue past the 'diff too large' message and view the diff - #4050", "[Improved] Repository association might not have expected prefix - #4090. Thanks @mathieudutour!", "[Improved] Add message to gitignore dialog when not on default branch - #3720", "[Improved] Hide Desktop-specific forks in Branch List - #4127", "[Improved] Disregard accidental whitespace when cloning a repository by URL - #4216", "[Improved] Show alert icon in repository list when repository not found on disk - #4254. Thanks @gingerbeardman!", "[Improved] Repository list now closes after removing last repository - #4269. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[Improved] Move forget password link after the password dialog to match expected tab order - #4283. Thanks @iamnapo!", "[Improved] More descriptive text in repository toolbar button when no repositories are tracked - #4268. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[Improved] Context menu in Changes tab now supports opening file in your preferred editor - #4030" ], "1.1.1-beta4": [ "[Improved] Context menu in Changes tab now supports opening file in your preferred editor - #4030" ], "1.1.1-beta3": [], "1.1.1-beta2": [ "[New] Render WebP images in diffs - #4164. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[Fixed] Edit context menus in commit form input elements - #3886", "[Fixed] Escape behavior should match that of Branch List - #3972", "[Fixed] Keep caret position after inserting completion - #3835. Thanks @CarlRosell!", "[Fixed] Handle error events when watching files used to get Git LFS output - #4117", "[Fixed] Potential race condition when opening a fork pull request - #4149", "[Fixed] Show placeholder image when no pull requests found - #3973", "[Fixed] Disable input fields summary and description while commit in progress - #3893. Thanks @crea7or!", "[Fixed] Ensure pull request cache is cleared after last pull request merged - #4122", "[Fixed] Focus two-factor authentication dialog on input - #4220. Thanks @WaleedAshraf!", "[Fixed] Branches button no longer disabled while on an unborn branch - #4236. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[Fixed] Delete gitignore file when entries cleared in Repository Settings - #1896", "[Fixed] Add visual indicator that a folder can be dropped on Desktop - #4004. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[Improved] Add `Discard All Changes...` to context menu on changed file list - #4197. Thanks @xamm!", "[Improved] Improve contrast for button labels in app toolbar - #4219", "[Improved] Speed up check for submodules when discarding - #4186. Thanks @kmscode!", "[Improved] Make the keychain known issue more clear within Desktop - #4125", "[Improved] Continue past the 'diff too large' message and view the diff - #4050", "[Improved] Repository association might not have expected prefix - #4090. Thanks @mathieudutour!", "[Improved] Add message to gitignore dialog when not on default branch - #3720", "[Improved] Hide Desktop-specific forks in Branch List - #4127", "[Improved] Disregard accidental whitespace when cloning a repository by URL - #4216", "[Improved] Show alert icon in repository list when repository not found on disk - #4254. Thanks @gingerbeardman!", "[Improved] Repository list now closes after removing last repository - #4269. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[Improved] Move forget password link to after the password dialog to maintain expected tab order - #4283. Thanks @iamnapo!", "[Improved] More descriptive text in repository toolbar button when no repositories are tracked - #4268. Thanks @agisilaos!" ], "1.1.1-test2": ["[Improved] Electron 1.8.3 upgrade (again)"], "1.1.1-test1": [ "[Improved] Forcing a focus on the window after the OAuth dance is done" ], "1.1.1-beta1": [], "1.1.0": [ "[New] Check out pull requests from collaborators or forks from within Desktop", "[New] View the commit status of the branch when it has an open pull request", "[Added] Add RubyMine support for macOS - #3883. Thanks @gssbzn!", "[Added] Add TextMate support for macOS - #3910. Thanks @caiofbpa!", "[Added] Syntax highlighting for Elixir files - #3774. Thanks @joaovitoras!", "[Fixed] Update layout of branch blankslate image - #4011", "[Fixed] Expanded avatar stack in commit summary gets cut off - #3884", "[Fixed] Clear repository filter when switching tabs - #3787. Thanks @reyronald!", "[Fixed] Avoid crash when unable to launch shell - #3954", "[Fixed] Ensure renames are detected when viewing commit diffs - #3673", "[Fixed] Fetch default remote if it differs from the current - #4056", "[Fixed] Handle Git errors when .gitmodules are malformed - #3912", "[Fixed] Handle error when \"where\" is not on PATH - #3882 #3825", "[Fixed] Ignore action assumes CRLF when core.autocrlf is unset - #3514", "[Fixed] Prevent duplicate entries in co-author autocomplete list - #3887", "[Fixed] Renames not detected when viewing commit diffs - #3673", "[Fixed] Support legacy usernames as co-authors - #3897", "[Improved] Update branch button text from \"New\" to \"New Branch\" - #4032", "[Improved] Add fuzzy search in the repository, branch, PR, and clone FilterLists - #911. Thanks @j-f1!", "[Improved] Tidy up commit summary and description layout in commit list - #3922. Thanks @willnode!", "[Improved] Use smaller default size when rendering Gravatar avatars - #3911", "[Improved] Show fetch progress when initializing remote for fork - #3953", "[Improved] Remove references to Hubot from the user setup page - #4015. Thanks @j-f1!", "[Improved] Error handling around ENOENT - #3954", "[Improved] Clear repository filter text when switching tabs - #3787. Thanks @reyronald!", "[Improved] Allow window to accept single click on focus - #3843", "[Improved] Disable drag-and-drop interaction when a popup is in the foreground - #3996" ], "1.1.0-beta3": [ "[Fixed] Fetch default remote if it differs from the current - #4056" ], "1.1.0-beta2": [ "[Improved] Update embedded Git to improve error handling when using stdin - #4058" ], "1.1.0-beta1": [ "[Improved] Add 'Branch' to 'New' branch button - #4032", "[Improved] Remove references to Hubot from the user setup page - #4015. Thanks @j-f1!" ], "1.0.14-beta5": [ "[Fixed] Improve detection of pull requests associated with current branch - #3991", "[Fixed] Disable drag-and-drop interaction when a popup is in the foreground - #3996", "[Fixed] Branch blank slate image out of position - #4011" ], "1.0.14-beta4": [ "[New] Syntax highlighting for Elixir files - #3774. Thanks @joaovitoras!", "[Fixed] Crash when unable to launch shell - #3954", "[Fixed] Support legacy usernames as co-authors - #3897", "[Improved] Enable fuzzy search in the repository, branch, PR, and clone FilterLists - #911. Thanks @j-f1!", "[Improved] Tidy up commit summary and description layout in commit list - #3922. Thanks @willnode!" ], "1.0.14-test1": ["[Improved] Electron 1.8.2 upgrade"], "1.0.14-beta3": [ "[Added] Add TextMate support for macOS - #3910. Thanks @caiofbpa!", "[Fixed] Handle Git errors when .gitmodules are malformed - #3912", "[Fixed] Clear repository filter when switching tabs - #3787. Thanks @reyronald!", "[Fixed] Prevent duplicate entries in co-author autocomplete list - #3887", "[Improved] Show progress when initializing remote for fork - #3953" ], "1.0.14-beta2": [ "[Added] Add RubyMine support for macOS - #3883. Thanks @gssbzn!", "[Fixed] Allow window to accept single click on focus - #3843", "[Fixed] Expanded avatar list hidden behind commit details - #3884", "[Fixed] Renames not detected when viewing commit diffs - #3673", "[Fixed] Ignore action assumes CRLF when core.autocrlf is unset - #3514", "[Improved] Use smaller default size when rendering Gravatar avatars - #3911" ], "1.0.14-beta1": ["[New] Commit together with co-authors - #3879"], "1.0.13": [ "[New] Commit together with co-authors - #3879", "[New] PhpStorm is now a supported external editor on macOS - #3749. Thanks @hubgit!", "[Improved] Update embedded Git to 2.16.1 - #3617 #3828 #3871", "[Improved] Blank slate view is now more responsive when zoomed - #3777", "[Improved] Documentation fix for Open in Shell resource - #3799. Thanks @saschanaz!", "[Improved] Improved error handling for Linux - #3732", "[Improved] Allow links in unexpanded summary to be clickable - #3719. Thanks @koenpunt!", "[Fixed] Update Electron to 1.7.11 to address security issue - #3846", "[Fixed] Allow double dashes in branch name - #3599. Thanks @JQuinnie!", "[Fixed] Sort the organization list - #3657. Thanks @j-f1!", "[Fixed] Check out PRs from a fork - #3395", "[Fixed] Confirm deleting branch when it has an open PR - #3615", "[Fixed] Defer user/email validation in Preferences - #3722", "[Fixed] Checkout progress did not include branch name - #3780", "[Fixed] Don't block branch switching when in detached HEAD - #3807", "[Fixed] Handle discarding submodule changes properly - #3647", "[Fixed] Show tooltip with additional info about the build status - #3134", "[Fixed] Update placeholders to support Linux distributions - #3150", "[Fixed] Refresh local commit list when switching tabs - #3698" ], "1.0.13-test1": [ "[Improved] Update embedded Git to 2.16.1 - #3617 #3828 #3871", "[Fixed] Update Electron to 1.7.11 to address security issue - #3846", "[Fixed] Allows double dashes in branch name - #3599. Thanks @JQuinnie!", "[Fixed] Pull Request store may not have status defined - #3869", "[Fixed] Render the Pull Request badge when no commit statuses found - #3608" ], "1.0.13-beta1": [ "[New] PhpStorm is now a supported external editor on macOS - #3749. Thanks @hubgit!", "[Improved] Blank slate view is now more responsive when zoomed - #3777", "[Improved] Documentation fix for Open in Shell resource - #3799. Thanks @saschanaz!", "[Improved] Improved error handling for Linux - #3732", "[Improved] Allow links in unexpanded summary to be clickable - #3719. Thanks @koenpunt!", "[Fixed] Sort the organization list - #3657. Thanks @j-f1!", "[Fixed] Check out PRs from a fork - #3395", "[Fixed] Confirm deleting branch when it has an open PR - #3615", "[Fixed] Defer user/email validation in Preferences - #3722", "[Fixed] Checkout progress did not include branch name - #3780", "[Fixed] Don't block branch switching when in detached HEAD - #3807", "[Fixed] Handle discarding submodule changes properly - #3647", "[Fixed] Show tooltip with additional info about the build status - #3134", "[Fixed] Update placeholders to support Linux distributions - #3150", "[Fixed] Refresh local commit list when switching tabs - #3698" ], "1.0.12": [ "[New] Syntax highlighting for Rust files - #3666. Thanks @subnomo!", "[New] Syntax highlighting for Clojure cljc, cljs, and edn files - #3610. Thanks @mtkp!", "[Improved] Prevent creating a branch in the middle of a merge - #3733", "[Improved] Truncate long repo names in panes and modals to fit into a single line - #3598. Thanks @http-request!", "[Improved] Keyboard navigation support in pull request list - #3607", "[Fixed] Inconsistent caret behavior in text boxes when using certain keyboard layouts - #3354", "[Fixed] Only render the organizations list when it has orgs - #1414", "[Fixed] Checkout now handles situations where a ref exists on multiple remotes - #3281", "[Fixed] Retain accounts on desktop when losing connectivity - #3641", "[Fixed] Missing argument in FullScreenInfo that could prevent app from launching - #3727. Thanks @OiYouYeahYou!" ], "1.0.12-beta1": [ "[New] Syntax highlighting for Rust files - #3666. Thanks @subnomo!", "[New] Syntax highlighting for Clojure cljc, cljs, and edn files - #3610. Thanks @mtkp!", "[Improved] Prevent creating a branch in the middle of a merge - #3733", "[Improved] Truncate long repo names in panes and modals to fit into a single line - #3598. Thanks @http-request!", "[Improved] Keyboard navigation support in pull request list - #3607", "[Fixed] Inconsistent caret behavior in text boxes when using certain keyboard layouts - #3354", "[Fixed] Only render the organizations list when it has orgs - #1414", "[Fixed] Checkout now handles situations where a ref exists on multiple remotes - #3281", "[Fixed] Retain accounts on desktop when losing connectivity - #3641", "[Fixed] Missing argument in FullScreenInfo that could prevent app from launching - #3727. Thanks @OiYouYeahYou!" ], "1.0.12-beta0": [ "[New] Highlight substring matches in the \"Branches\" and \"Repositories\" list when filtering - #910. Thanks @JordanMussi!", "[New] Add preview for ico files - #3531. Thanks @serhiivinichuk!", "[New] Fallback to Gravatar for loading avatars - #821", "[New] Provide syntax highlighting for Visual Studio project files - #3552. Thanks @saul!", "[New] Provide syntax highlighting for F# fsx and fsi files - #3544. Thanks @saul!", "[New] Provide syntax highlighting for Kotlin files - #3555. Thanks @ziggy42!", "[New] Provide syntax highlighting for Clojure - #3523. Thanks @mtkp!", "[Improved] Toggle the \"Repository List\" from the menu - #2638. Thanks @JordanMussi!", "[Improved] Prevent saving of disallowed character strings for your name and email - #3204", "[Improved] Error messages now appear at the top of the \"Create a New Repository\" dialog - #3571. Thanks @http-request!", "[Improved] \"Repository List\" header is now \"Github.com\" for consistency - #3567. Thanks @iFun!", "[Improved] Rename the \"Install Update\" button to \"Quit and Install Update\" - #3494. Thanks @say25!", "[Fixed] Fix ordering of commit history when your branch and tracking branch have both changed - #2737", "[Fixed] Prevent creating a branch that starts with a period - #3013. Thanks @JordanMussi!", "[Fixed] Branch names are properly encoded when creating a pull request - #3509", "[Fixed] Re-enable all the menu items after closing a popup - #3533", "[Fixed] Removes option to delete remote branch after it's been deleted - #2964. Thanks @JordanMussi!", "[Fixed] Windows: Detects available editors and shells now works even when the group policy blocks write registry access - #3105 #3405", "[Fixed] Windows: Menu items are no longer truncated - #3547", "[Fixed] Windows: Prevent disabled menu items from being accessed - #3391 #1521", "[Fixed] Preserve the selected pull request when a manual fetch is done - #3524", "[Fixed] Update pull request badge after switching branches or pull requests - #3454", "[Fixed] Restore keyboard arrow navigation for pull request list - #3499" ], "1.0.11": [ "[New] Highlight substring matches in the \"Branches\" and \"Repositories\" list when filtering - #910. Thanks @JordanMussi!", "[New] Add preview for ico files - #3531. Thanks @serhiivinichuk!", "[New] Fallback to Gravatar for loading avatars - #821", "[New] Provide syntax highlighting for Visual Studio project files - #3552. Thanks @saul!", "[New] Provide syntax highlighting for F# fsx and fsi files - #3544. Thanks @saul!", "[New] Provide syntax highlighting for Kotlin files - #3555. Thanks @ziggy42!", "[New] Provide syntax highlighting for Clojure - #3523. Thanks @mtkp!", "[Improved] Toggle the \"Repository List\" from the menu - #2638. Thanks @JordanMussi!", "[Improved] Prevent saving of disallowed character strings for your name and email - #3204", "[Improved] Error messages now appear at the top of the \"Create a New Repository\" dialog - #3571. Thanks @http-request!", "[Improved] \"Repository List\" header is now \"Github.com\" for consistency - #3567. Thanks @iFun!", "[Improved] Rename the \"Install Update\" button to \"Quit and Install Update\" - #3494. Thanks @say25!", "[Fixed] Fix ordering of commit history when your branch and tracking branch have both changed - #2737", "[Fixed] Prevent creating a branch that starts with a period - #3013. Thanks @JordanMussi!", "[Fixed] Branch names are properly encoded when creating a pull request - #3509", "[Fixed] Re-enable all the menu items after closing a popup - #3533", "[Fixed] Removes option to delete remote branch after it's been deleted - #2964. Thanks @JordanMussi!", "[Fixed] Windows: Detects available editors and shells now works even when the group policy blocks write registry access - #3105 #3405", "[Fixed] Windows: Menu items are no longer truncated - #3547", "[Fixed] Windows: Prevent disabled menu items from being accessed - #3391 #1521" ], "1.0.11-test0": [ "[Improved] now with a new major version of electron-packager" ], "1.0.11-beta0": [ "[Improved] Refresh the pull requests list after fetching - #3503", "[Improved] Rename the \"Install Update\" button to \"Quit and Install Update\" - #3494. Thanks @say25!", "[Fixed] URL encode branch names when creating a pull request - #3509", "[Fixed] Windows: detecting available editors and shells now works even when the group policy blocks write registry access - #3105 #3405" ], "1.0.10": [ "[New] ColdFusion Builder is now a supported external editor - #3336 #3321. Thanks @AtomicCons!", "[New] VSCode Insiders build is now a supported external editor - #3441. Thanks @say25!", "[New] BBEdit is now a supported external editor - #3467. Thanks @NiklasBr!", "[New] Hyper is now a supported shell on Windows too - #3455. Thanks @JordanMussi!", "[New] Swift is now syntax highlighted - #3305. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[New] Vue.js is now syntax highlighted - #3368. Thanks @wanecek!", "[New] CoffeeScript is now syntax highlighted - #3356. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[New] Cypher is now syntax highlighted - #3440. Thanks @say25!", "[New] .hpp is now syntax highlighted as C++ - #3420. Thanks @say25!", "[New] ML-like languages are now syntax highlighted - #3401. Thanks @say25!", "[New] Objective-C is now syntax highlighted - #3355. Thanks @koenpunt!", "[New] SQL is now syntax highlighted - #3389. Thanks @say25!", "[Improved] Better message on the 'Publish Branch' button when HEAD is unborn - #3344. Thanks @Venkat5694!", "[Improved] Better error message when trying to push to an archived repository - #3084. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[Improved] Avoid excessive background fetching when switching repositories - #3329", "[Improved] Ignore menu events sent when a modal is shown - #3308", "[Fixed] Parse changed files whose paths include a newline - #3271", "[Fixed] Parse file type changes - #3334", "[Fixed] Windows: 'Open without Git' would present the dialog again instead of actually opening a shell without git - #3290", "[Fixed] Avoid text selection when dragging resizable dividers - #3268", "[Fixed] Windows: Removed the title attribute on the Windows buttons so that they no longer leave their tooltips hanging around - #3348. Thanks @j-f1!", "[Fixed] Windows: Detect VS Code when installed to non-standard locations - #3304", "[Fixed] Hitting Return would select the first item in a filter list when the filter text was empty - #3447", "[Fixed] Add some missing keyboard shortcuts - #3327. Thanks @say25!", "[Fixed] Handle \"304 Not Modified\" responses - #3399", "[Fixed] Don't overwrite an existing .gitattributes when creating a new repository - #3419. Thanks @strafe!" ], "1.0.10-beta3": [ "[New] Change \"Create Pull Request\" to \"Show Pull Request\" when there is already a pull request open for the branch - #2524", "[New] VSCode Insiders build is now a supported external editor - #3441. Thanks @say25!", "[New] BBEdit is now a supported external editor - #3467. Thanks @NiklasBr!", "[New] Hyper is now a supported shell - #3455. Thanks @JordanMussi!", "[New] Cypher is now syntax highlighted - #3440. Thanks @say25!", "[New] .hpp is now syntax highlighted as C++ - #3420. Thanks @say25!", "[New] ML-like languages are now syntax highlighted - #3401. Thanks @say25!", "[Improved] Use the same colors in pull request dropdown as we use on GitHub.com - #3451", "[Improved] Fancy pull request loading animations - #2868", "[Improved] Avoid excessive background fetching when switching repositories - #3329", "[Improved] Refresh the pull request list when the Push/Pull/Fetch button is clicked - #3448", "[Improved] Ignore menu events sent when a modal is shown - #3308", "[Fixed] Hitting Return would select the first item in a filter list when the filter text was empty - #3447", "[Fixed] Add some missing keyboard shortcuts - #3327. Thanks @say25!", "[Fixed] Handle \"304 Not Modified\" responses - #3399", "[Fixed] Don't overwrite an existing .gitattributes when creating a new repository - #3419. Thanks @strafe!" ], "1.0.10-beta2": [ "[New] SQL is now syntax highlighted! - #3389. Thanks @say25!", "[Fixed] Windows: Detect VS Code when installed to non-standard locations - #3304" ], "1.0.10-beta1": [ "[New] Vue.js code is now syntax highlighted! - #3368. Thanks @wanecek!", "[New] CoffeeScript is now syntax highlighted! - #3356. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[New] Highlight .m as Objective-C - #3355. Thanks @koenpunt!", "[Improved] Use smarter middle truncation for branch names - #3357", "[Fixed] Windows: Removed the title attribute on the Windows buttons so that they no longer leave their tooltips hanging around - #3348. Thanks @j-f1!" ], "1.0.10-beta0": [ "[New] ColdFusion Builder is now available as an option for External Editor - #3336 #3321. Thanks @AtomicCons!", "[New] Swift code is now syntax highlighted - #3305. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[Improved] Better message on the 'Publish Branch' button when HEAD is unborn - #3344. Thanks @Venkat5694!", "[Improved] Better error message when trying to push to an archived repository - #3084. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[Fixed] Parse changed files whose paths include a newline - #3271", "[Fixed] Parse file type changes - #3334", "[Fixed] Windows: 'Open without Git' would present the dialog again instead of actually opening a shell without git - #3290", "[Fixed] Avoid text selection when dragging resizable dividers - #3268" ], "1.0.9": [ "[New] ColdFusion Builder is now available as an option for External Editor - #3336 #3321. Thanks @AtomicCons!", "[New] Swift code is now syntax highlighted - #3305. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[Improved] Better message on the 'Publish Branch' button when HEAD is unborn - #3344. Thanks @Venkat5694!", "[Improved] Better error message when trying to push to an archived repository - #3084. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[Fixed] Parse changed files whose paths include a newline - #3271", "[Fixed] Parse file type changes - #3334", "[Fixed] Windows: 'Open without Git' would present the dialog again instead of actually opening a shell without git - #3290", "[Fixed] Avoid text selection when dragging resizable dividers - #3268" ], "1.0.9-beta1": [ "[New] ColdFusion Builder is now available as an option for External Editor - #3336 #3321. Thanks @AtomicCons!", "[New] Swift code is now syntax highlighted - #3305. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[Improved] Better message on the 'Publish Branch' button when HEAD is unborn - #3344. Thanks @Venkat5694!", "[Improved] Better error message when trying to push to an archived repository - #3084. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[Fixed] Parse changed files whose paths include a newline - #3271", "[Fixed] Parse file type changes - #3334", "[Fixed] Windows: 'Open without Git' would present the dialog again instead of actually opening a shell without git - #3290", "[Fixed] Avoid text selection when dragging resizable dividers - #3268" ], "1.0.9-beta0": [ "[Fixed] Crash when rendering diffs for certain types of files - #3249", "[Fixed] Continually being prompted to add the upstream remote, even when it already exists - #3252" ], "1.0.8": [ "[Fixed] Crash when rendering diffs for certain types of files - #3249", "[Fixed] Continually being prompted to add the upstream remote, even when it already exists - #3252" ], "1.0.8-beta0": [ "[New] Syntax highlighted diffs - #3101", "[New] Add upstream to forked repositories - #2364", "[Fixed] Only reset scale of title bar on macOS - #3193", "[Fixed] Filter symbolic refs in the branch list - #3196", "[Fixed] Address path issue with invoking Git Bash - #3186", "[Fixed] Update embedded Git to support repository hooks and better error messages - #3067 #3079", "[Fixed] Provide credentials to LFS repositories when performing checkout - #3167", "[Fixed] Assorted changelog typos - #3174 #3184 #3207. Thanks @strafe, @alanaasmaa and @jt2k!" ], "1.0.7": [ "[New] Syntax highlighted diffs - #3101", "[New] Add upstream to forked repositories - #2364", "[Fixed] Only reset scale of title bar on macOS - #3193", "[Fixed] Filter symbolic refs in the branch list - #3196", "[Fixed] Address path issue with invoking Git Bash - #3186", "[Fixed] Update embedded Git to support repository hooks and better error messages - #3067 #3079", "[Fixed] Provide credentials to LFS repositories when performing checkout - #3167", "[Fixed] Assorted changelog typos - #3174 #3184 #3207. Thanks @strafe, @alanaasmaa and @jt2k!" ], "1.0.7-beta0": [ "[Fixed] The Branches list wouldn't display the branches for non-GitHub repositories - #3169", "[Fixed] Pushing or pulling could error when the temp directory was unavailable - #3046" ], "1.0.6": [ "[Fixed] The Branches list wouldn't display the branches for non-GitHub repositories - #3169", "[Fixed] Pushing or pulling could error when the temp directory was unavailable - #3046" ], "1.0.5": [ "[New] The command line interface now provides some helpful help! - #2372. Thanks @j-f1!", "[New] Create new branches from the Branches foldout - #2784", "[New] Add support for VSCode Insiders - #3012 #3062. Thanks @MSathieu!", "[New] Linux: Add Atom and Sublime Text support - #3133. Thanks @ziggy42!", "[New] Linux: Tilix support - #3117. Thanks @ziggy42!", "[New] Linux: Add Visual Studio Code support - #3122. Thanks @ziggy42!", "[Improved] Report errors when a problem occurs storing tokens - #3159", "[Improved] Bump to Git 2.14.3 - #3146", "[Improved] Don't try to display diffs that could cause the app to hang - #2596", "[Fixed] Handle local user accounts with URL-hostile characters - #3107", "[Fixed] Cloning a repository which uses Git LFS would leave all the files appearing modified - #3146", "[Fixed] Signing in in the Welcome flow could hang - #2769", "[Fixed] Properly replace old Git LFS configuration values - #2984" ], "1.0.5-beta1": [ "[New] Create new branches from the Branches foldout - #2784", "[New] Add support for VSCode Insiders - #3012 #3062. Thanks @MSathieu!", "[New] Linux: Add Atom and Sublime Text support - #3133. Thanks @ziggy42!", "[New] Linux: Tilix support - #3117. Thanks @ziggy42!", "[New] Linux: Add Visual Studio Code support - #3122. Thanks @ziggy42!", "[Improved] Report errors when a problem occurs storing tokens - #3159", "[Improved] Bump to Git 2.14.3 - #3146", "[Improved] Don't try to display diffs that could cause the app to hang - #2596", "[Fixed] Handle local user accounts with URL-hostile characters - #3107", "[Fixed] Cloning a repository which uses Git LFS would leave all the files appearing modified - #3146", "[Fixed] Signing in in the Welcome flow could hang - #2769", "[Fixed] Properly replace old Git LFS configuration values - #2984" ], "1.0.5-test1": [], "1.0.5-test0": [], "1.0.5-beta0": [ "[New] The command line interface now provides some helpful help! - #2372. Thanks @j-f1!" ], "1.0.4": [ "[New] Report Git LFS progress when cloning, pushing, pulling, or reverting - #2226", "[Improved] Increased diff contrast and and line gutter selection - #2586 #2181", "[Improved] Clarify why publishing a branch is disabled in various scenarios - #2773", "[Improved] Improved error message when installing the command Line tool fails - #2979. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[Improved] Format the branch name in \"Create Branch\" like we format branch names elsewhere - #2977. Thanks @j-f1!", "[Fixed] Avatars not updating after signing in - #2911", "[Fixed] Lots of bugs if there was a file named \"HEAD\" in the repository - #3009 #2721 #2938", "[Fixed] Handle duplicate config values when saving user.name and user.email - #2945", "[Fixed] The \"Create without pushing\" button when creating a new pull request wouldn't actually do anything - #2917" ], "1.0.4-beta1": [ "[New] Report Git LFS progress when cloning, pushing, pulling, or reverting - #2226", "[Improved] Increased diff contrast and and line gutter selection - #2586 #2181", "[Improved] Clarify why publishing a branch is disabled in various scenarios - #2773", "[Improved] Improved error message when installing the command Line tool fails - #2979. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[Improved] Format the branch name in \"Create Branch\" like we format branch names elsewhere - #2977. Thanks @j-f1!", "[Fixed] Avatars not updating after signing in - #2911", "[Fixed] Lots of bugs if there was a file named \"HEAD\" in the repository - #3009 #2721 #2938", "[Fixed] Handle duplicate config values when saving user.name and user.email - #2945", "[Fixed] The \"Create without pushing\" button when creating a new pull request wouldn't actually do anything - #2917 #2917" ], "1.0.4-beta0": [ "[Improved] Increase the contrast of the modified file status octicons - #2914", "[Fixed] Showing changed files in Finder/Explorer would open the file - #2909", "[Fixed] macOS: Fix app icon on High Sierra - #2915", "[Fixed] Cloning an empty repository would fail - #2897 #2906", "[Fixed] Catch logging exceptions - #2910" ], "1.0.3": [ "[Improved] Increase the contrast of the modified file status octicons - #2914", "[Fixed] Showing changed files in Finder/Explorer would open the file - #2909", "[Fixed] macOS: Fix app icon on High Sierra - #2915", "[Fixed] Cloning an empty repository would fail - #2897 #2906", "[Fixed] Catch logging exceptions - #2910" ], "1.0.2": [ "[Improved] Better message for GitHub Enterprise users when there is a network error - #2574. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[Improved] Clone error message now suggests networking might be involved - #2872. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[Improved] Include push/pull progress information in the push/pull button tooltip - #2879", "[Improved] Allow publishing a brand new, empty repository - #2773", "[Improved] Make file paths in lists selectable - #2801. Thanks @artivilla!", "[Fixed] Disable LFS hook creation when cloning - #2809", "[Fixed] Use the new URL for the \"Show User Guides\" menu item - #2792. Thanks @db6edr!", "[Fixed] Make the SHA selectable when viewing commit details - #1154", "[Fixed] Windows: Make `github` CLI work in Git Bash - #2712", "[Fixed] Use the initial path provided when creating a new repository - #2883", "[Fixed] Windows: Avoid long path limits when discarding changes - #2833", "[Fixed] Files would get deleted when undoing the first commit - #2764", "[Fixed] Find the repository root before adding it - #2832", "[Fixed] Display warning about an existing folder before cloning - #2777 #2830", "[Fixed] Show contents of directory when showing a repository from Show in Explorer/Finder instead of showing the parent - #2798" ], "1.0.2-beta1": [ "[Improved] Clone error message now suggests networking might be involved - #2872. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[Improved] Include push/pull progress information in the push/pull button tooltip - #2879", "[Improved] Allow publishing a brand new, empty repository - #2773", "[Improved] Make file paths in lists selectable - #2801. Thanks @artivilla!", "[Fixed] Use the initial path provided when creating a new repository - #2883", "[Fixed] Windows: Avoid long path limits when discarding changes - #2833", "[Fixed] Files would get deleted when undoing the first commit - #2764", "[Fixed] Find the repository root before adding it - #2832", "[Fixed] Display warning about an existing folder before cloning - #2777 #2830", "[Fixed] Show contents of directory when showing a repository from Show in Explorer/Finder instead of showing the parent - #2798" ], "1.0.2-beta0": [ "[Improved] Message for GitHub Enterprise users when there is a network error - #2574. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[Fixed] Disable LFS hook creation when cloning - #2809", "[Fixed] Use the new URL for the \"Show User Guides\" menu item - #2792. Thanks @db6edr!", "[Fixed] Make the SHA selectable when viewing commit details - #1154", "[Fixed] Windows: Make `github` CLI work in Git Bash - #2712" ], "1.0.1": [ "[Improved] Message for GitHub Enterprise users when there is a network error - #2574. Thanks @agisilaos!", "[Fixed] Disable LFS hook creation when cloning - #2809", "[Fixed] Use the new URL for the \"Show User Guides\" menu item - #2792. Thanks @db6edr!", "[Fixed] Make the SHA selectable when viewing commit details - #1154", "[Fixed] Windows: Make `github` CLI work in Git Bash - #2712" ], "1.0.1-beta0": [ "[Fixed] Use the loading/disabled state while publishing - #1995", "[Fixed] Lock down menu item states for unborn repositories - #2744 #2573", "[Fixed] Windows: Detecting the available shells and editors when using a language other than English - #2735" ], "1.0.0": [ "[Fixed] Use the loading/disabled state while publishing - #1995", "[Fixed] Lock down menu item states for unborn repositories - #2744 #2573", "[Fixed] Windows: Detecting the available shells and editors when using a language other than English - #2735" ], "1.0.0-beta3": [ "[New] Allow users to create repositories with descriptions - #2719. Thanks @davidcelis!", "[New] Use `lfs clone` for faster cloning of LFS repositories - #2679", "[Improved] Prompt to override existing LFS filters - #2693", "[Fixed] Don't install LFS hooks when checking if a repo uses LFS - #2732", "[Fixed] Ensure nothing is staged as part of undoing the first commit - #2656", "[Fixed] \"Clone with Desktop\" wouldn't include the repository name in the path - #2704" ], "0.9.1": [ "[New] Allow users to create repositories with descriptions - #2719. Thanks @davidcelis!", "[New] Use `lfs clone` for faster cloning of LFS repositories - #2679", "[Improved] Prompt to override existing LFS filters - #2693", "[Fixed] Don't install LFS hooks when checking if a repo uses LFS - #2732", "[Fixed] Ensure nothing is staged as part of undoing the first commit - #2656", "[Fixed] \"Clone with Desktop\" wouldn't include the repository name in the path - #2704" ], "1.0.0-beta2": [ "[New] Allow users to create repositories with descriptions - #2719. Thanks @davidcelis!", "[New] Use `lfs clone` for faster cloning of LFS repositories - #2679", "[Improved] Prompt to override existing LFS filters - #2693", "[Fixed] Don't install LFS hooks when checking if a repo uses LFS - #2732", "[Fixed] Ensure nothing is staged as part of undoing the first commit - #2656", "[Fixed] \"Clone with Desktop\" wouldn't include the repository name in the path - #2704" ], "0.9.0": [ "[New] Allow users to create repositories with descriptions - #2719. Thanks @davidcelis!", "[New] Use `lfs clone` for faster cloning of LFS repositories - #2679", "[Improved] Prompt to override existing LFS filters - #2693", "[Fixed] Don't install LFS hooks when checking if a repo uses LFS - #2732", "[Fixed] Ensure nothing is staged as part of undoing the first commit - #2656", "[Fixed] \"Clone with Desktop\" wouldn't include the repository name in the path - #2704" ], "0.8.2": [ "[New] Ask to install LFS filters when an LFS repository is added - #2227", "[New] Clone GitHub repositories tab - #57", "[New] Option to opt-out of confirming discarding changes - #2681", "[Fixed] Long commit summary truncation - #1742", "[Fixed] Ensure the repository list is always enabled - #2648", "[Fixed] Windows: Detecting the available shells and editors when using a non-ASCII user encoding - #2624", "[Fixed] Clicking the \"Cancel\" button on the Publish Branch dialog - #2646", "[Fixed] Windows: Don't rely on PATH for knowing where to find chcp - #2678", "[Fixed] Relocating a repository now actually does that - #2685", "[Fixed] Clicking autocompletes inserts them - #2674", "[Fixed] Use shift for shortcut chord instead of alt - #2607", "[Fixed] macOS: \"Open in Terminal\" works with repositories with spaces in their path - #2682" ], "1.0.0-beta1": [ "[New] Option to to opt-out of confirming discarding changes - #2681", "[Fixed] Windows: Don't rely on PATH for knowing where to find chcp - #2678", "[Fixed] Relocating a repository now actually does that - #2685", "[Fixed] Clicking autocompletes inserts them - #2674", "[Fixed] Use shift for shortcut chord instead of alt - #2607", "[Fixed] macOS: \"Open in Terminal\" works with repositories with spaces in their path - #2682" ], "1.0.0-beta0": [ "[New] Ask to install LFS filters when an LFS repository is added - #2227", "[New] Clone GitHub repositories tab - #57", "[Fixed] Long commit summary truncation - #1742", "[Fixed] Ensure the repository list is always enabled - #2648", "[Fixed] Windows: Detecting the available shells and editors when using a non-ASCII user encoding - #2624", "[Fixed] Clicking the \"Cancel\" button on the Publish Branch dialog - #2646" ], "0.8.1": [ "[New] 'Open in Shell' now supports multiple shells - #2473", "[New] Windows: Enable adding self-signed certificates - #2581", "[Improved] Enhanced image diffs - #2383", "[Improved] Line diffs - #2461", "[Improved] Octicons updated - #2495", "[Improved] Adds ability to close repository list using shortcut - #2532", "[Improved] Switch default buttons in the Publish Branch dialog - #2515", "[Improved] Bring back \"Contact Support\" - #1472", "[Improved] Persist repository filter text after closing repository list - #2571", "[Improved] Redesigned example commit in the Welcome flow - #2141", "[Improved] Tidy up initial \"external editor\" experience - #2551", "[Fixed] 'Include All' checkbox not in sync with partial selection - #2493", "[Fixed] Copied text from diff removed valid characters - #2499", "[Fixed] Click-focus on Windows would dismiss dialog - #2488", "[Fixed] Branch list not rendered in app - #2531", "[Fixed] Git operations checking certificate store - #2520", "[Fixed] Properly identify repositories whose remotes have a trailing slash - #2584", "[Fixed] Windows: Fix launching the `github` command line tool - #2563", "[Fixed] Use the primary email address if it's public - #2244", "[Fixed] Local branch not checked out after clone - #2561", "[Fixed] Only the most recent 30 issues would autocomplete for GitHub Enterprise repositories - #2541", "[Fixed] Missing \"View on GitHub\" menu item for non-Gitub repositories - #2615", "[Fixed] New tab opened when pressing \"]\" for certain keyboard layouts - #2607", "[Fixed] Windows: Crash when exiting full screen - #1502", "[Fixed] Windows: Detecting the available shells and editors when using a non-ASCII user encoding - #2624", "[Fixed] Ensure the repository list is always accessible - #2648" ], "0.8.1-beta4": [ "[Improved] Persist repository filter text after closing repository list - #2571", "[Improved] Redesigned example commit in the Welcome flow - #2141", "[Improved] Tidy up initial \"external editor\" experience - #2551", "[Fixed] Missing \"View on GitHub\" menu item for non-Gitub repositories - #2615", "[Fixed] New tab opened when pressing \"]\" for certain keyboard layouts - #2607", "[Fixed] Windows: Crash when exiting full screen - #1502" ], "0.8.1-beta3": [ "[New] Windows: Enable adding self-signed certificates - #2581", "[Improved] Adds ability to close repository list using shortcut - #2532", "[Improved] Switch default buttons in the Publish Branch dialog - #2515", "[Improved] Bring back \"Contact Support\" - #1472", "[Fixed] Properly identify repositories whose remotes have a trailing slash - #2584", "[Fixed] Windows: Fix launching the `github` command line tool - #2563", "[Fixed] Use the primary email address if it's public - #2244", "[Fixed] Local branch not checked out after clone - #2561", "[Fixed] Only the most recent 30 issues would autocomplete for GitHub Enterprise repositories - #2541" ], "0.8.1-beta2": [ "[Fixed] Branch list not rendered in app - #2531", "[Fixed] Git operations checking certificate store - #2520" ], "0.8.1-beta1": [ "[New] 'Open in Shell' now supports multiple shells - #2473", "[Improved] Enhanced image diffs - #2383", "[Improved] Line diffs - #2461", "[Improved] Octicons updated - #2495", "[Fixed] 'Include All' checkbox not in sync with partial selection - #2493", "[Fixed] Copied text from diff removed valid characters - #2499", "[Fixed] Click-focus on Windows would dismiss dialog - #2488" ], "0.8.1-beta0": [], "0.8.0": [ "[New] Added commit context menu - #2434", "[New] Added 'Open in External Editor' - #2009", "[New] Can choose whether a branch should be deleted on the remote as well as locally - #2136", "[New] Support authenticating with non-GitHub servers - #852", "[New] Added the ability to revert a commit - #752", "[New] Added a keyboard shortcut for opening the repository in the shell - #2138", "[Improved] Copied diff text no longer includes the line changetype markers - #1499", "[Improved] Fetch if a push fails because they need to pull first - #2431", "[Improved] Discard changes performance - #1889", "[Fixed] Show 'Add Repository' dialog when repository is dragged onto the app - #2442", "[Fixed] Dialog component did not remove event handler - #2469", "[Fixed] Open in External Editor context menu - #2475", "[Fixed] Update to Git 2.14.1 to fix security vulnerability - #2432", "[Fixed] Recent branches disappearing after renaming a branch - #2426", "[Fixed] Changing the default branch on GitHub.com is now reflected in the app - #1489", "[Fixed] Swap around some callouts for no repositories - #2447", "[Fixed] Darker unfocused selection color - #1669", "[Fixed] Increase the max sidebar width - #1588", "[Fixed] Don't say \"Publish this branch to GitHub\" for non-GitHub repositories - #1498", "[Fixed] macOS: Protocol schemes not getting registered - #2429", "[Fixed] Patches which contain the \"no newline\" marker would fail to apply - #2123", "[Fixed] Close the autocompletion popover when it loses focus - #2358", "[Fixed] Clear the selected org when switching Publish Repository tabs - #2386", "[Fixed] 'Create Without Pushing' button throwing an exception while opening a pull request - #2368", "[Fixed] Windows: Don't removing the running app out from under itself when there are updates pending - #2373", "[Fixed] Windows: Respect `core.autocrlf` and `core.safeclrf` when modifying the .gitignore - #1535", "[Fixed] Windows: Fix opening the app from the command line - #2396" ], "0.7.3-beta5": [], "0.7.3-beta4": [], "0.7.3-beta3": [], "0.7.3-beta2": [], "0.7.3-beta1": [], "0.7.3-beta0": [], "0.7.2": ["[Fixed] Issues with auto-updating to 0.7.1."], "0.7.2-beta0": [], "0.7.1": [ "[Improved] Redesigned error and warning dialogs to be clearer - #2277", "[Improved] Create Pull Request dialog shows more feedback while it's working - #2265", "[Improved] Version text is now copiable - #1935", "[Fixed] Preserve existing GitHub API information when API requests fail - #2282", "[Fixed] Pass through error messages as received from the API - #2279", "[Fixed] The Pull and Create Pull Request menu items had the same shortcut - #2274", "[Fixed] Launching the `github` command line tool from a Fish shell - #2299", "[Fixed] Help menu items now work - #2314", "[Fixed] Windows: `github` command line tool not installing after updating - #2312", "[Fixed] Caret position jumping around while changing the path for adding a local repository - #2222", "[Fixed] Error dialogs being closed too easily - #2211", "[Fixed] Windows: Non-ASCII credentials were mangled - #189" ], "0.7.1-beta5": [ "[Improved] Redesigned error and warning dialogs to be clearer - #2277", "[Improved] Create Pull Request dialog shows more feedback while it's working - #2265", "[Fixed] Preserve existing GitHub API information when API requests fail - #2282", "[Fixed] Pass through error messages as received from the API - #2279", "[Fixed] The Pull and Create Pull Request menu items had the same shortcut - #2274", "[Fixed] Launching the `github` command line tool from a Fish shell - #2299", "[Fixed] Help menu items now work - #2314", "[Fixed] Windows: `github` command line tool not installing after updating - #2312", "[Fixed] Caret position jumping around while changing the path for adding a local repository - #2222", "[Fixed] Error dialogs being closed too easily - #2211", "[Fixed] Windows: Non-ASCII credentials were mangled - #189" ], "0.7.1-beta4": [], "0.7.1-beta3": [], "0.7.1-beta2": [], "0.7.1-beta1": [], "0.7.1-beta0": [ "[Improved] Redesigned error and warning dialogs to be clearer - #2277", "[Fixed] Preserve existing GitHub API information when API requests fail - #2282", "[Fixed] Pass through error messages as received from the API - #2279", "[Fixed] The Pull and Create Pull Request menu items had the same shortcut - #2274", "[Fixed] Launching the `github` command line tool from a Fish shell - #2299" ], "0.7.0": [ "[New] Added the Branch > Create Pull Request menu item - #2135", "[New] Added the `github` command line tool - #696", "[Improved] Better error message when publishing a repository fails - #2089", "[Improved] Windows: Don't recreate the desktop shortcut if it's been deleted - #1759", "[Fixed] Cloning a repository's wiki - #1624", "[Fixed] Don't call GitHub Enterprise GitHub.com - #2094", "[Fixed] Don't push after publishing a new repository if the branch is unborn - #2086", "[Fixed] Don't close dialogs when clicking the title bar - #2056", "[Fixed] Windows: Clicking 'Show in Explorer' doesn't bring Explorer to the front - #2127", "[Fixed] Windows: Opening links doesn't bring the browser to the front - #1945", "[Fixed] macOS: Closing the window wouldn't exit fullscreen - #1901", "[Fixed] Scale blankslate images so they look nicer on high resolution displays - #1946", "[Fixed] Windows: Installer not completing or getting stuck in a loop - #1875 #1863", "[Fixed] Move the 'Forgot Password' link to fix the tab order of the sign in view - #2200" ], "0.6.3-beta7": [], "0.6.3-beta6": [], "0.6.3-beta5": [], "0.6.3-beta4": [], "0.6.3-beta3": [], "0.6.3-beta2": [], "0.6.3-beta1": [], "0.6.3-beta0": [], "0.6.2": [ "[New] Link to User Guides from the Help menu - #1963", "[New] Added the 'Open in External Editor' contextual menu item to changed files - #2023", "[New] Added the 'Show' and 'Open Command Prompt' contextual menu items to repositories - #1554", "[New] Windows: Support self-signed or untrusted certificates - #671", "[New] Copy the SHA to the clipboard when clicked - #1501", "[Improved] Provide the option of initializing a new repository when adding a directory that isn't already one - #969", "[Improved] Link to the working directory when there are no changes - #1871", "[Improved] Hitting Enter when selecting a base branch creates the new branch - #1780", "[Improved] Prefix repository names with their owner if they are ambiguous - #1848", "[Fixed] Sort and filter licenses like GitHub.com - #1987", "[Fixed] Long branch names not getting truncated in the Rename Branch dialog - #1891", "[Fixed] Prune old log files - #1540", "[Fixed] Ensure the local path is valid before trying to create a new repository - #1487", "[Fixed] Support cloning repository wikis - #1624", "[Fixed] Disable the Select All checkbox when there are no changes - #1389", "[Fixed] Changed docx files wouldn't show anything in the diff panel - #1990", "[Fixed] Disable the Merge button when there are no commits to merge - #1359", "[Fixed] Username/password authentication not working for GitHub Enterprise - #2064", "[Fixed] Better error messages when an API call fails - #2017", "[Fixed] Create the 'logs' directory if it doesn't exist - #1550", "[Fixed] Enable the 'Remove' menu item for missing repositories - #1776" ], "0.6.1": [ "[Fixed] Properly log stats opt in/out - #1949", "[Fixed] Source maps for exceptions in the main process - #1957", "[Fixed] Styling of the exception dialog - #1956", "[Fixed] Handle ambiguous references - #1947", "[Fixed] Handle non-ASCII text in diffs - #1970", "[Fixed] Uncaught exception when hitting the arrow keys after showing autocompletions - #1971", "[Fixed] Clear the organizations list when publishing a new repository and switching between tabs - #1969", "[Fixed] Push properly when a tracking branch has a different name from the local branch - #1967", "[Improved] Warn when line endings will change - #1906" ], "0.6.0": [ "[Fixed] Issue autocompletion not working for older issues - #1814", "[Fixed] GitHub repository association not working for repositories with some remote URL formats - #1826 #1679", "[Fixed] Don't try to delete a remote branch that no longer exists - #1829", "[Fixed] Tokens created by development builds would be used in production builds but wouldn't work - #1727", "[Fixed] Submodules can now be added - #708", "[Fixed] Properly handle the case where a file is added to the index but removed from the working tree - #1310", "[Fixed] Use a local image for the default avatar - #1621", "[Fixed] Make the file path in diffs selectable - #1768", "[Improved] More logging! - #1823", "[Improved] Better error message when trying to add something that's not a repository - #1747", "[Improved] Copy the shell environment into the app's environment - #1796", "[Improved] Updated to Git 2.13.0 - #1897", "[Improved] Add 'Reveal' to the contextual menu for changed files - #1566", "[Improved] Better handling of large diffs - #1818 #1524", "[Improved] App launch time - #1900" ], "0.5.9": [ "[New] Added Zoom In and Zoom Out - #1217", "[Fixed] Various errors when on an unborn branch - #1450", "[Fixed] Disable push/pull menu items when there is no remote - #1448", "[Fixed] Better error message when the GitHub Enterprise version is too old - #1628", "[Fixed] Error parsing non-JSON responses - #1505 #1522", "[Fixed] Updated the 'Install Git' help documentation link - #1797", "[Fixed] Disable menu items while in the Welcome flow - #1529", "[Fixed] Windows: Fall back to HOME if Document cannot be found - #1825", "[Improved] Close the window when an exception occurs - #1562", "[Improved] Always use merge when pulling - #1627", "[Improved] Move the 'New Branch' menu item into the Branch menu - #1757", "[Improved] Remove Repository's default button is now Cancel - #1751", "[Improved] Only fetch the default remote - #1435", "[Improved] Faster commits with many files - #1405", "[Improved] Measure startup time more reliably - #1798", "[Improved] Prefer the GitHub repository name instead of the name on disk - #664" ], "0.5.8": [ "[Fixed] Switching tabs in Preferences/Settings or Repository Settings would close the dialog - #1724", "[Improved] Standardized colors which improves contrast and readability - #1713" ], "0.5.7": [ "[Fixed] Windows: Handle protocol events which launch the app - #1582", "[Fixed] Opting out of stats reporting in the Welcome flow - #1698", "[Fixed] Commit description text being too light - #1695", "[Fixed] Exception on startup if the app was activated too quickly - #1564", "[Improved] Default directory for cloning now - #1663", "[Improved] Accessibility support - #1289", "[Improved] Lovely blank slate illustrations - #1708" ], "0.5.6": [ "[Fixed] macOS: The buttons in the Untrusted Server dialog not doing anything - #1622", "[Fixed] Better warning in Rename Branch when the branch will be created with a different name than was entered - #1480", "[Fixed] Provide a tooltip for commit summaries in the History list - #1483", "[Fixed] Prevent the Update Available banner from getting squished - #1632", "[Fixed] Title bar not responding to double-clicks - #1590 #1655", "[Improved] Discard All Changes is now accessible by right-clicking the file column header - #1635" ], "0.5.5": [ "[Fixed] Save the default path after creating a new repository - #1486", "[Fixed] Only let the user launch the browser once for the OAuth flow - #1427", "[Fixed] Don't linkify invalid URLs - #1456", "[Fixed] Excessive padding in the Merge Branch dialog - #1577", "[Fixed] Octicon pixel alignment issues - #1584", "[Fixed] Windows: Invoking some menu items would break the window's snapped state - #1603", "[Fixed] macOS: Errors authenticating while pushing - #1514", "[Fixed] Don't linkify links in the History list or in Undo - #1548 #1608 #1474", "[Fixed] Diffs not working when certain git config values were set - #1559" ], "0.5.4": [ "[Fixed] The release notes URL pointed to the wrong page - #1503", "[Fixed] Only create the `logs` directory if it doesn't already exist - #1510", "[Fixed] Uncaught exception creating a new repository if you aren't a member of any orgs - #1507", "[Fixed] Only report the first uncaught exception - #1517", "[Fixed] Include the name of the default branch in the New Branch dialog - #1449", "[Fixed] Uncaught exception if a network error occurred while loading user email addresses - #1522 #1508", "[Fixed] Uncaught exception while performing a contextual menu action - #1532", "[Improved] Move all error logging to the main process - #1473", "[Improved] Stats reporting reliability - #1561" ], "0.5.3": [ "[Fixed] Display of large image diffs - #1494", "[Fixed] Discard Changes spacing - #1495" ], "0.5.2": [ "[Fixed] Display errors that happen while publishing a repository - #1396", "[Fixed] Menu items not updating - #1462", "[Fixed] Always select the first changed file - #1306", "[Fixed] macOS: Use Title Case consistently - #1477 #1481", "[Fixed] Create Branch padding - #1479", "[Fixed] Bottom padding in commit descriptions - #1345", "[Improved] Dialog polish - #1451", "[Improved] Store logs in a logs directory - #1370", "[Improved] New Welcome illustrations - #1471", "[Improved] Request confirmation before removing a repository - #1233", "[Improved] Windows icon polish - #1457" ], "0.5.1": [ "[New] Windows: A nice little gif while installing the app - #1440", "[Fixed] Disable pinch zoom - #1431", "[Fixed] Don't show carriage return indicators in diffs - #1444", "[Fixed] History wouldn't update after switching branches - #1446", "[Improved] Include more information in exception reports - #1429", "[Improved] Updated Terms and Conditions - #1438", "[Improved] Sub-pixel anti-aliasing in some lists - #1452", "[Improved] Windows: A new application identifier, less likely to collide with other apps - #1441" ], "0.5.0": [ "[Added] Menu item for showing the app logs - #1349", "[Fixed] Don't let the two-factor authentication dialog be submitted while it's empty - #1386", "[Fixed] Undo Commit showing the wrong commit - #1373", "[Fixed] Windows: Update the icon used for the installer - #1410", "[Fixed] Undoing the first commit - #1401", "[Fixed] A second window would be opened during the OAuth dance - #1382", "[Fixed] Don't include the comment from the default merge commit message - #1367", "[Fixed] Show progress while committing - #923", "[Fixed] Windows: Merge Branch sizing would be wrong on high DPI monitors - #1210", "[Fixed] Windows: Resize the app from the top left corner - #1424", "[Fixed] Changing the destination path for cloning a repository now appends the repository's name - #1408", "[Fixed] The blank slate view could be visible briefly when the app launched - #1398", "[Improved] Performance updating menu items - #1321", "[Improved] Windows: Dim the title bar when the app loses focus - #1189" ], "0.0.39": ["[Fixed] An uncaught exception when adding a user - #1394"], "0.0.38": [ "[New] Shiny new icon! - #1221", "[New] More helpful blank slate view - #871", "[Fixed] Don't allow Undo while pushing/pulling/fetching - #1047", "[Fixed] Updating the default branch on GitHub wouldn't be reflected in the app - #1028 #1314", "[Fixed] Long repository names would overflow their container - #1331", "[Fixed] Removed development menu items in production builds - #1031 #1251 #1323 #1340", "[Fixed] Create Branch no longer changes as it's animating closed - #1304", "[Fixed] Windows: Cut / Copy / Paste menu items not working - #1379", "[Improved] Show a better error message when the user tries to authenticate with a personal access token - #1313", "[Improved] Link to the repository New Issue page from the Help menu - #1349", "[Improved] Clone in Desktop opens the Clone dialog - #918" ], "0.0.37": [ "[Fixed] Better display of the 'no newline at end of file' indicator - #1253", "[Fixed] macOS: Destructive dialogs now use the expected button order - #1315", "[Fixed] Display of submodule paths - #785", "[Fixed] Incomplete stats submission - #1337", "[Improved] Redesigned welcome flow - #1254", "[Improved] App launch time - #1225", "[Improved] Handle uncaught exceptions - #1106" ], "0.0.36": [ "[Fixed] Bugs around associating an email address with a GitHub user - #975", "[Fixed] Use the correct reference name for an unborn branch - #1283", "[Fixed] Better diffs for renamed files - #980", "[Fixed] Typo in Create Branch - #1303", "[Fixed] Don't allow whitespace-only branch names - #1288", "[Improved] Focus ring polish - #1287", "[Improved] Less intrusive update notifications - #1136", "[Improved] Faster launch time on Windows - #1309", "[Improved] Faster git information refreshing - #1305", "[Improved] More consistent use of sentence case on Windows - #1316", "[Improved] Autocomplete polish - #1241" ], "0.0.35": [ "[New] Show push/pull/fetch progress - #1238", "[Fixed] macOS: Add the Zoom menu item - #1260", "[Fixed] macOS: Don't show the titlebar while full screened - #1247", "[Fixed] Windows: Updates would make the app unresponsive - #1269", "[Fixed] Windows: Keyboard navigation in menus - #1293", "[Fixed] Windows: Repositories list item not working - #1293", "[Fixed] Auto updater errors not being propagated properly - #1266", "[Fixed] Only show the current branch tooltip on the branches button - #1275", "[Fixed] Double path truncation - #1270", "[Fixed] Sometimes toggling a file's checkbox would get undone - #1248", "[Fixed] Uncaught exception when internet connectivity was lost - #1048", "[Fixed] Cloned repositories wouldn't be associated with their GitHub repository - #1285", "[Improved] Better performance on large repositories - #1281", "[Improved] Commit summary is now expandable when the summary is long - #519", "[Improved] The SHA in historical commits is now selectable - #1154", "[Improved] The Create Branch dialog was polished and refined - #1137" ], "0.0.34": [ "[New] macOS: Users can choose whether to accept untrusted certificates - #671", "[New] Windows: Users are prompted to install git when opening a shell if it is not installed - #813", "[New] Checkout progress is shown if branch switching takes a while - #1208", "[New] Commit summary and description are automatically populated for merge conflicts - #1228", "[Fixed] Cloning repositories while not signed in - #1163", "[Fixed] Merge commits are now created as merge commits - #1216", "[Fixed] Display of diffs with /r newline - #1234", "[Fixed] Windows: Maximized windows are no longer positioned slightly off screen - #1202", "[Fixed] JSON parse errors - #1243", "[Fixed] GitHub Enterprise repositories were not associated with the proper Enterprise repository - #1242", "[Fixed] Timestamps in the Branches list would wrap - #1255", "[Fixed] Merges created from pulling wouldn't use the right git author - #1262", "[Improved] Check for update errors are suppressed if they happen in the background - #1104, #1195", "[Improved] The shortcut to show the repositories list is now command or control-T - #1220", "[Improved] Command or control-W now closes open dialogs - #949", "[Improved] Less memory usage while parsing large diffs - #1235" ], "0.0.33": ["[Fixed] Update Now wouldn't update now - #1209"], "0.0.32": [ "[New] You can now disable stats reporting from Preferences > Advanced - #1120", "[New] Acknowledgements are now available from About - #810", "[New] Open pull requests from dot com in the app - #808", "[Fixed] Don't show background fetch errors - #875", "[Fixed] No more surprise and delight - #620", "[Fixed] Can't discard renamed files - #1177", "[Fixed] Logging out of one account would log out of all accounts - #1192", "[Fixed] Renamed files truncation - #695", "[Fixed] Git on Windows now integrates with the system certificate store - #706", "[Fixed] Cloning with an account/repoository shortcut would always fail - #1150", "[Fixed] OS version reporting - #1130", "[Fixed] Publish a new repository would always fail - #1046", "[Fixed] Authentication would fail for the first repository after logging in - #1118", "[Fixed] Don't flood the user with errors if a repository disappears on disk - #1132", "[Improved] The Merge dialog uses the Branches list instead of a drop down menu - #749", "[Improved] Lots of design polish - #1188, #1183, #1170, #1184, #1181, #1179, #1142, #1125" ], "0.0.31": [ "[New] Prompt user to login when authentication error occurs - #903", "[New] Windows application has a new app menu, replaces previous hamburger menu - #991", "[New] Refreshed colours to align with GitHub website scheme - #1077", "[New] Custom about dialog on all platforms - #1102", "[Fixed] Improved error handling when probing for a GitHub Enterprise server - #1026", "[Fixed] User can cancel 2FA flow - #1057", "[Fixed] Tidy up current set of menu items - #1063", "[Fixed] Manually focus the window when a URL action has been received - #1072", "[Fixed] Disable middle-click event to prevent new windows being launched - #1074", "[Fixed] Pre-fill the account name in the Welcome wizard, not login - #1078", "[Fixed] Diffs wouldn't work if an external diff program was configured - #1123", "[Improved] Lots of design polish work - #1113, #1099, #1094, #1077" ], "0.0.30": [ "[Fixed] Crash when invoking menu item due to incorrect method signature - #1041" ], "0.0.29": [ "[New] Commit summary and description fields now display issues and mentions as links for GitHub repositories - #941", "[New] Show placeholder when the repository cannot be found on disk - #946", "[New] New Repository actions moved out of popover and into new menu - #1018", "[Fixed] Display a helpful error message when an unverified user signs into GitHub Desktop - #1010", "[Fixed] Fix kerning issue when access keys displayed - #1033", "[Fixed] Protected branches show a descriptive error when the push is rejected - #1036", "[Fixed] 'Open in shell' on Windows opens to repository location - #1037" ], "0.0.28": ["[Fixed] Bumping release notes to test deployments again"], "0.0.27": [ "[Fixed] 2FA dialog when authenticating has information for SMS authentication - #1009", "[Fixed] Autocomplete for users handles accounts containing `-` - #1008" ], "0.0.26": [ "[Fixed] Address deployment issue by properly documenting release notes" ], "0.0.25": [ "[Added] Autocomplete displays user matches - #942", "[Fixed] Handle Enter key in repository and branch list when no matches exist - #995", "[Fixed] 'Add Repository' button displays in dropdown when repository list empty - #984", "[Fixed] Correct icon displayed for non-GitHub repository - #964 #955", "[Fixed] Enter key when inside dialog submits form - #956", "[Fixed] Updated URL handler entry on macOS - #945", "[Fixed] Commit button is disabled while commit in progress - #940", "[Fixed] Handle index state change when gitginore change is discarded - #935", "[Fixed] 'Create New Branch' view squashes branch list when expanded - #927", "[Fixed] Application creates repository path if it doesn't exist on disk - #925", "[Improved] Preferences sign-in flow updated to standalone dialogs - #961" ], "0.0.24": ["Changed a thing", "Added another thing"] } }
OPTIMUM-LINKUP / Latest Optimum School SystemThis is the latest school management system. Available for all type of schools. will work on Phone, Laptop, Tabs, monitors - any screen size. It is available with 100% source code. The features are listed below: INSTALLATION Upload the downloaded zip file to your server in the public_html directory. Extract the zip file. Create a new database from your server mysql. Create user to the database and link the database to the user. Open the file database.php from the directory yourfolder/application/config/database.php. Fill up this information with your database hostname, database username, database password, database name respectively which you have created in the previous step. Now from server phpmyadmin go to your database. Select import and choose the file install.sql located in yourfolder/database/blank_db.sql (demo_db.sql for demo database) And you are ready to go now to browse the application Default admin credentials Email: admin@admin.com Password: admin ADMIN PANEL Managing User accounts (teacher, student, parent) Managing classes, subjects Managing exam, grades Managing exam marks Managing Loan Information Managing Computer Based Test (CBT) Sending exam marks via sms Managing students attendance Managing accounting, income and expenses Managing school events Managing Teachers Managing Libratrian Managing Accountant Manage Circular Manage Task Managing Parents Managing Alumni Managing Academic Sysllabus Managing Helpful Links Managing Help Desk Managing Front-End Information Managing School Session Attendance Reports Managing Staff ID Cards Records management. Notification board management. Management relationships between different type of users. Online Payment acceptance of FEE. Section Management. Reports generator. SMS Alerts. Managing Hostel Manager Managing library, dormitory, transport Messaging between other users Managing system settings (general, sms, language) Managing Media Subject management. Class management. Student payments management. Student behaviour management. Payments Overview. Subjects and assignments management. Fees management. Student assignment results management. Student search. Overdue students list. Student management. Student-Teacher interaction. And many more … TEACHERS Manage Students homework. Assign homework. Share homework on social networking sites (facebook). Manage classes. Manage Student Report. Generate Remarks on Student Reports. Generate Student Attendence. Subject management. Loan Application Class management. Student behaviour management. Subjects and assignments management. Student assignment results management. Student search. Student management. Student-Teacher interaction. Managing Helpful Links Managing Media Assignments Attendance Provide Daily Quotes Holidays Studennts Study Materials Message Noticeboard Transportations And many more… STUDENT PANEL Get class Routine Attempt Online Exam View Online Exam Result Get Exam Marks Message View Noticeboard Transportatio Receive SMS Get attendance status Get study materials / files from teacher Get payment invoice, Pay Online Communicate with teacher Managing Media accounts View Event Schedule, Notice and Holidays Get Helpful Links View Daily Quotes Contact Help Desks And many more …. PARENT PANEL View Children Marks View Children Class Routine Make payment View Payment Invoice Message Admin Message Teachers View Received Messkages Checkin kids progress. Parent-Teacher interaction. Get alerts from School Administration or Teachers. View events Noticeborad Todays Thought News Helpful Links Help Desk Receive SMS And many more … LIBRARIAN Add books Update books Record Lost Books Generate Reports on Books Subject Management. Loan Application Student Search. Student Management. Student-Librarian Interaction. View Helpful Links View Media Holidays Studennts Study Materials Message Transportations Noticeboard View Notification And many more …. ACCOUNTANTS Create Student Payments Students Payment Expenses Expenses Category Vew all Accountants Loan Application Todays Thought News Holidays Message k Noticeboard And many more …. HOSTEL MANAGER ViewAll Hostel Managers Manage Hostels Loan Application Todays Thought News Holidays Message Noticeboard And many more …. ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ADMIN PANEL DASHBORD ………………………………………………………………………………………………… Total number of students, teachers, librarian, accountants, hostel manager, alumni, parents and attendance of students for that day at a glance, Dashboard also holds a calendar for showing events, charts for various percentages of teachers, parents, students attendance, grades, students performances, etc. MANAGING SESSION From navigation go to manage session Add / edit / delete MANAGING ACADEMIC SYLLABUS From navigation go to manage academic syllabus Add / edit / delete MANAGING MEDIA From navigation go to manage media Add / edit / delete MANAGING STUDENTS Admit Students From navigation, go to students > admit students Fill up the necessary information Save student Admit Bulk Students From navigation, go to student > admit bulk student Download the blank Excel file Fill up the information Select class Upload the filled up Excel file Save Student Information From navigation go to student > student information Here you can see the students class wise If a class has sections then you can also browse the students as per class sections Student mark sheets From navigation go to student > student mark sheet Here you can see all the students marks class wise If the class has sections then you can also see them along with class MANAGING TEACHERS From navigation go to teacher Here you can see the list of teachers of your school in a tabular form To add a new teacher, click the top right button named add new teacher and fill up the information and save For editing or deleting a teacher information click the action button assigned to each entry of the table. That will bring two options for editing and deleting. Click on the required action editing and deleting MANAGING ACCOUNTANTS From navigation go to accountant Here you can see the list of accountants of your school in a tabular form To add a new accountant, click the top right button named add new accountant and fill up the information and save For editing or deleting a teacher information click the action button assigned to each entry of the table. That will bring two options for editing and deleting. Click on the required action editing and deleting MANAGING LIBRARIANS From navigation go to librarian Here you can see the list of librarians of your school in a tabular form To add a new librarian, click the top right button named add new librarian and fill up the information and save For editing or deleting a teacher information click the action button assigned to each entry of the table. That will bring two options for editing and deleting. Click on the required action editing and deleting MANAGING HOSTEL MANAGERS From navigation go to hostel manager Here you can see the list of hostel managers of your school in a tabular form To add a new hostel manager, click the top right button named add new hostel manager and fill up the information and save For editing or deleting a teacher information click the action button assigned to each entry of the table. That will bring two options for editing and deleting. Click on the required action editing and deleting MANAGING ALUMNI From navigation go to alumni Here you can see the list of alumni of your school in a tabular form To add a new alumni, click the top right button named add new alumni and fill up the information and save For editing or deleting a teacher information click the action button assigned to each entry of the table. That will bring two options for editing and deleting. Click on the required action editing and deleting MANAGING PARENTS From navigation go to parents Here you can see the list of parents of the students of your school in a tabular form To add a new parent, click the top right button named add new parent and fill up the information and save For editing or deleting a parent information click the action button assigned to each entry of the table. That will bring two options for editing and deleting. Click on the required action for editing and deleting MANAGING CLASSES From navigation go to > manage sections Add new class section for a class and assign teacher for each of them View the class sections in a tabular form class wise Edit and delete class section information MANAGING CLASS SECTION From navigation go to class > manage sections Add new class section for a class and assign a teacher for each of them View the class sections in a tabular for class wise Edit and deklete class section information MANAGING SUBJECTS From navigation go to subject If you have already added classes then under this you will see a list of the classes added. If you have not created classes, please create class first Here you can see the subjects class wise Add or edit or delete subjects MANAGING CLASS ROUTINE From navigation go to class routine View all the class routines in accordion Add class routine Click on the subject name on routine to edit and delete MANAGING DIALY STUDENT’S ATTENDENCE From navigation go to daily attendance Select the date and class and click manage attendance That will bring up the students name and attendance information in a tabular form To update the attendance status or for taking the attendance for that particular date of that particular class which you have selected earlier, click the button named update attendance Put the status for all at once and click save changes MANAGING EXAMS Exam list From navigation, go to exam > exam list Add an exam for all Edit and delete exam Exam grade From navigation go to exam > exam grades Add exam grades as per the requirements of your institution Edit or delete exam grades Manage exam marks From navigation go to > manage marks Select exam, class and subject and click manage marks for changing or updating marks That will bring up the form for updating the students marks for that particular subject Enter the marks and click update Sending exam marks by SMS From navigation go to exam > send mark by SMS Select exakm and class and receive (students/parent) Click the button named send mark via SMS That will send SMS with the marks for that exam you have selected if a SMS service is already activated MANAGING PAYMENTS From navigation go to payment Add invoice and take manual payment multiple time under the same invoice If a payment is due, then an option will be there for taking the payment in the action button of the table that contains the list of all the invoices with the basic information. Edit or delete invoice LOAN MANAGEMENT From navigation go to loan application See all the applied loans Click on apply loan Fill forms to apply Wait for loan approval COMPUTER BASED TEST (CBT) From navigation, go to Manage CBT Click on Add Exam Set Class, Exam Time, Exam Duration, Subject, Question Count and Session Click on continue to Add Questions Click on List Exams to View Exams Click on View Result to View Exams Scores ACCOUNTING Incomes From navigation, go to accounting > incomes Here you can see all the incomes for your school that means students fee in a tabular form with their payment time and amount EXPENSES From navigation, go to accounting > expenses Add expenses for the school Edit or delete them GENERATING STAFF IDCARD Teacher, librarian, accounant, hostel manager From navigation, go to staff > ID CARD Here you can you will see a button asking you to click generate ID CARD EXPENSE CATEGORY From navigation, go to accounting > expense category Add expense category Edit or delete them MANAGING BOOKS From navigation go to library Add books Edit or delete them MANAGING TRANSPORT From navigation go to transport Add transport information Edit or delete them MANAGING DORMITORY From navigation go to dormitory Add / edit / delete MANAGING ASSIGNMENT From navigation go to assignment Add / edit / delete MANAGING HOLIDAYS From navigation go to holiday Add / edit / delete MANAGING TODAY’S THOUGHT From navigation go to today’s thought Add / edit / delete MANAGING CIRCULAR From navigation go to circular Add / edit / delete MANAGING SCHOOL CLUBS From navigation go to school club Add / edit / delete MANAGING TASK From navigation go to task manager Add / edit / delete MANAGING HELPFUL LINK From navigation go to Helpful Links Add / edit / delete MANAGING ENQUIRY From navigation go to enquiry Add / edit / delete MANAGING ENQUIRY CATEFORY From navigation go to enquiry category Add / edit / delete MANAGING HELP DESK From navigation go to task Helpdesk Add / edit / delete NOTICEBOARD From navigation go to notice board Add / edit / delete them For sending the notice to all as SMS, yes while creating the notice This will send SMS to all the users about that notice PRIVATE MESSAGING From navigation, go to message Admin can send message to all users For sending message, select user and type the message and click send You can also see all the message sent to you or sent from you SYSTEM SETTINGS From navigation go to settings > general settings You can change basic system settings here and also can select language You can also upload logo from here THEME SETTINGS From navigation go to setting > general settings On the right of the page there is a panel named theme settings You find several skin options for you application Select you desire one to make changes SMS SETTINGS From navigation go to settings > sms settings Here you will find 2 SMS services, one is Clickatell and another is Twilio You have to activate a service first Then put the necessary information for a service Visit https://www.twilio.com/user/acount/settings/international /sms LANGUAGE SETTINGS From navigation go to setting > language settings Change phrase or add new phrase for a particular language Add new language MANAGE BANNER SETTINGS From navigation go to setting > banner settings Add / edit / delete MANAGE FRONT END SETTINGS From navigation go to setting > front end settings Add / edit / delete MANAGE NEWS SETTINGS From navigation go to setting > news settings Add / edit / delete ACCOUNT SETTINGS From navigation go to account Change basic account information Update your password Change profile image ……………………………………………………………………………………………….. TEACHER PANEL DASHBOARD ………………………………………………………………………………………………. Total number of students, parents and attendance of students for that day at a glance Dashboard also holds a calendar for showing events. MANAGING STUDENTS Admit students From navigation go to student > admit student Fill up the necessary information Save student Student information From navigation go to student > student information Here you can see the student class wise If a class has sections then you can also browse the students as per class sections Student mark sheets From navigation go to student > student mark sheet Here you can see all the students marks class wise If the class has sections then you can also see them along with class MANAGING DAILY STUDENT’S ATTENDANCE From navigation go to daily attendance Select the date and class and click mange attendance That will bring up the students name and attendance information in a tabular form To update the attendance status or for taking the attendance for that particular date of that particular class which you have selected earlier, click the button named update attendance Put the status for all at once and click save changes MANAGING DAILY STUDENT’S ATTENDANCE From navigation go to daily attendance Select the date and class and click manage attendance That will bring up the students name and attendance information in a tabular form To update the attendance status or for taking the attendance for that particular date of that particular class which you have selected earlier, click the button named update attendance Put the status for all at once and click save changes MANAGING ASSIGNMENT From navigation go to assignment That will bring up the assignemnt page in a tabular form, you can click on add assignment on left corner of the page to add assignment. MANAGING CLASSES From navigation go to > manage sections Add new class section for a class and assign teacher for each of them View the class sections in a tabular form class wise Edit and delete class section information MANAGING CLASS SECTION From navigation go to class > manage sections Add new class section for a class and assign a teacher for each of them View the class sections in a tabular for class wise Edit and deklete class section information MANAGING SUBJECTS From navigation go to subject If you have already added classes then under this you will see a list of the classes added. If you have not created classes, please create class first Here you can see the subjects class wise Add or edit or delete subjects MANAGING CLASS ROUTINE From navigation go to class routine View all the class routines in accordion Add class routine Click on the subject name on routine to edit and delete MANAGING DIALY STUDENT’S ATTENDENCE From navigation go to daily attendance Select the date and class and click manage attendance That will bring up the students name and attendance information in a tabular form To update the attendance status or for taking the attendance for that particular date of that particular class which you have selected earlier, click the button named update attendance Put the status for all at once and click save changes MANAGING EXAMS Manage exam marks From navigation go to > manage marks Select exam, class and subject and click manage marks for changing or updating marks That will bring up the form for updating the students marks for that particular subject Enter the marks and click update MANAGING HELPFUL LINK From navigation go to Helpful Links Add / edit / delete NEWS From navigation go to view news View all the uploaded news TODAY’S THOUGHT From navigation go to today’s thought View all the uploaded today’s thought HOLIDAY DATES From navigation go to holiday View all the holiday with their respectives dates ……………………………………………………………………………………………………. STUDENT PANEL DASHBOARD ……………………………………………………………………………………………………. Total number of students, teachers, parents and attendance of students for that day at a glance, dashboard also holds a calendar for showing event CLASS ROUTINE Form navigation go to class routine View the class routine of the logged in student EXAM MARKS From navigation go to exam > manage marks Select exam and subject See the mark for the selected exam in the selected subject COMPUTER BASED TEST (CBT) From navigation go to online CBT See all the uploaded test for your class Attemtp the uploaded test View your results STUDY MATERIALS From navigation go to study materials See all the uploaded study materials for your class Download the materials ASSIGNMENT From navigation go to assignment See all the uploaded assignments for your class Download the assignment MEDIA From navigation go to media See all the uploaded media for your class Download or watch media NEWS From navigation go to view news View all the uploaded news TODAY’S THOUGHT From navigation go to today’s thought View all the uploaded today’s thought HOLIDAY DATES From navigation go to holiday View all the holiday with their respectives dates HELPFUL LINKS From navigation go to helpful links View all the helpful links HELP DESK From navigation go to help desk Submit or create help desk to the administrator STUDY MATERIALS From navigation go to study material See all the uploaded study material for your class Download the study material PAYMENT / PAY WITH PAYPAL From navigation go to payment See the list of invoices Pay online with paypal for the unpaid invoices COMMUNICATE WITH TEACHERS / ADMIN From navigation go to message Send new message to teachers and admin Get the sent message to you ………………………………………………………………………………………………...... ACCOUNTANT PANEL DASHBOARD ………………………………………………………………………………………………….. Total number of students, accountants, parents and attendance of student for that day at a glance. Dashboard also holds a calendar for showing events. MANAGING PAYMENTS From navigation go to payment Add invoice and take manual payment multiple time under the same invoice If a payment is due, then an option will be there for taking the payment in the action button of the table that contains the list of all the invoices with the basic information. Edit or delete invoice LOAN MANAGEMENT From navigation go to loan application See all the applied loans Click on apply loan Fill forms to apply Wait for loan approval MESSAGING From navigating go to message Send message to teachers and admin Get the message sent to you NEWS From navigation go to view news View all the uploaded news TODAY’S THOUGHT From navigation go to today’s thought View all the uploaded today’s thought HOLIDAY DATES From navigation go to holiday View all the holiday with their respectives dates HELPFUL LINKS From navigation go to helpful links View all the helpful links HELP DESK From navigation go to help desk Submit or create help desk to the administrator TRANSPORTATION From navigation go to transportation View transportation available ………………………………………………………………………………………………...... LIBRARIAN PANEL DASHBOARD ………………………………………………………………………………………………….. Total number of students, librarian, parents and attendance of student for that day at a glance. Dashboard also holds a calendar for showing events. MANAGING BOOKS From navigation go to library Add books Edit or delete them LOAN MANAGEMENT From navigation go to loan application See all the applied loans Click on apply loan Fill forms to apply Wait for loan approval MESSAGING From navigating go to message Send message to teachers and admin Get the message sent to you NEWS From navigation go to view news View all the uploaded news TODAY’S THOUGHT From navigation go to today’s thought View all the uploaded today’s thought HOLIDAY DATES From navigation go to holiday View all the holiday with their respectives dates HELPFUL LINKS From navigation go to helpful links View all the helpful links HELP DESK From navigation go to help desk Submit or create help desk to the administrator TRANSPORTATION From navigation go to transportation View transportation available ………………………………………………………………………………………………...... HOSTEL MANAGER PANEL DASHBOARD ………………………………………………………………………………………………….. Total number of students, hostel managers, parents and attendance of student for that day at a glance. Dashboard also holds a calendar for showing events. MANAGING DORMITORY From navigation go to dormitory Add / edit / delete LOAN MANAGEMENT From navigation go to loan application See all the applied loans Click on apply loan Fill forms to apply Wait for loan approval MESSAGING From navigating go to message Send message to teachers and admin Get the message sent to you NEWS From navigation go to view news View all the uploaded news TODAY’S THOUGHT From navigation go to today’s thought View all the uploaded today’s thought HOLIDAY DATES From navigation go to holiday View all the holiday with their respectives dates HELPFUL LINKS From navigation go to helpful links View all the helpful links HELP DESK From navigation go to help desk Submit or create help desk to the administrator TRANSPORTATION From navigation go to transportation View transportation available ………………………………………………………………………………………………...... PARENT PANEL DASHBOARD ………………………………………………………………………………………………….. Total number of students, teachers, parents and attendance of student for that day at a glance. Dashboard also holds a calendar for showing events. CHILDREN MARKS From navigation go to exam marks See the mark of your children individually One parent can have multiple children PAYMENTS From navigation go to exam > payment View the invoices of your children and individually Make payment via paypal online CLASS ROUTINE From navigation go to class routine Get the class routine for each of your child separately MESSAGING From navigating go to message Send message to teachers and admin Get the message sent to you NEWS From navigation go to view news View all the uploaded news TODAY’S THOUGHT From navigation go to today’s thought View all the uploaded today’s thought HOLIDAY DATES From navigation go to holiday View all the holiday with their respectives dates HELPFUL LINKS From navigation go to helpful links View all the helpful links HELP DESK From navigation go to help desk Submit or create help desk to the administrator
tbarbe / Xcode Git User Scriptauto generate .gitignore and .gitattribute file in the directory of your choosing with XCode script menu option
MostafaNasiri / AndroidFileChooserA customizable file/directory chooser for Android.
SOYJUN / TCP Socket Client ServerThe aim of this assignment is to have you do TCP socket client / server programming using I/O multiplexing, child processes and threads. It also aims at getting you to familiarize yourselves with the inetd superserver daemon, the ‘exec’ family of functions, various socket error scenarios, some socket options, and some basic domain name / IP address conversion functions. Apart from the material in Chapters 1 to 6 covered in class, you will also need to refer to the following : the exec family of functions (Section 4.7 of Chapter 4) using pipes for interprocess communication (IPC) in Unix error scenarios induced by process terminations & host crashes (Sections 5.11 to 5.16, Chapter 5) setsockopt function & SO_REUSEADDR socket option (Section 7.2 & pp.210-213, Chapter 7) gethostbyname & gethostbyaddr functions (Sections 11.3 & 11.4, Chapter 11) the basic structure of inetd (Section 13.5, Chapter 13) programming with threads (Sections 26.1 to 26.5, Chapter 26) Overview I shall present an overview of this assignment and discuss some of the specification details given below in class on Wednesday, September 17 & Monday, September 22. Client The client is evoked with a command line argument giving either the server IP address in dotted decimal notation, or the server domain name. The client has to be able to handle either mode and figure out which of the two is being passed to it. If it is given the IP address, it calls the gethostbyaddr function to get the domain name, which it then prints out to the user in the form of an appropriate message (e.g., ‘The server host is compserv1.cs.stonybrook.edu’). The function gethostbyname, on the other hand, returns the IP address that corresponds to a given domain name. The client then enters an infinite loop in which it queries the user which service is being requested. There are two options : echo and time (note that time is a slightly modified version of the daytime service – see below). The client then forks off a child. After the child is forked off, the parent process enters a second loop in which it continually reads and prints out status messages received from the child via a half-duplex pipe (see below). The parent exits the second loop when the child closes the pipe (how does the parent detect this?), and/or the SIGCHLD signal is generated when the child terminates. The parent then repeats the outer loop, querying the user again for the (next) service s/he desires. This cycle continues till the user responds to a query with quit rather than echo or time. The child process is the one which handles the actual service for the user. It execs (see Section 4.7, Chapter 4) an xterm to generate a separate window through which all interactions with server and user take place. For example, the following exec function call evokes an xterm, and gets the xterm to execute echocli, located in the current directory, passing the string 127.0.0.1 (assumed to be the IP address of the server) as the command line argument argv[1] to echocli (click on the url for further details) : execlp("xterm", "xterm", "-e", "./echocli", "127.0.0.1", (char *) 0) xterm executes one of two client programs (echocli or timecli, say) depending on the service requested. A client program establishes a TCP connection to the server at the ‘well-known port’ for the service (in reality, this port will, of course, be some ephemeral port of your choosing, the value of which is known to both server and client code). All interaction with the user, on the one hand, and with the server, on the other, takes place through the child’s xterm window, not the parent’s window. On the other hand, the child will use a half-duplex pipe to relay status information to the parent which the parent prints out in its window (see below).To terminate the echo client, the user can type in ^D (CTRL D, the EOF character). To terminate the time client, the only option is for the user to type in ^C (CTRL C). (This can also be used as an alternative means of terminating the echo client.) Note that using ^C in the context of the time service will give the server process the impression that the client process has ‘crashed’. It is your responsibility to ensure that the server process handles this correctly and closes cleanly. I shall address this further when discussing the server process. It is also part of your responsibility in this assignment to ensure that the client code is robust with respect to the server process crashing (see Sections 5.12 & 5.13, Chapter 5). Amongst other implications, this means that it would probably be a good idea for you to implement your echo client code along the lines of either : Figure 6.9, p.168 (or even Figure 6.13, p.174) which uses I/O multiplexing with the select function; or of Figure 26.2, p.680, which uses threads; rather than along the lines of Figure 5.5, p.125. When the child terminates, either normally or abnormally, its xterm window disappears instantaneously. Consequently, any status information that the child might want to communicate to the user should not be printed out on the child’s xterm window, since the user will not have time to see the final such message before the window disappears. Instead, as the parent forks off the child at the beginning, a half-duplex pipe should be established from child to parent. The child uses the pipe to send status reports to the parent, which the parent prints out in its window. I leave it up to you to decide what status information exactly should be relayed to the parent but, at a minimum, the parent should certainly be notified, in as precise terms as possible, of any abnormal termination conditions of the service provided by the child. In general, you should try to make your code as robust as possible with respect to handling errors, including confused behaviour by the user (e.g., passing an invalid command line argument; responding to a query incorrectly; trying to interact with the service through the parent process window, not the child process xterm; etc.). Amongst other things, you have to worry about EINTR errors occurring during slow system calls (such as the parent reading from the pipe, or, possibly, printing to stdout, for example) due to a SIGCHLD signal. What about other kinds of errors? Which ones can occur? How should you handle them? Server The server has to be able to handle multiple clients using threads (specifically, detached threads), not child processes (see Sections 26.1 to 26.4, Chapter 26). Furthermore, it has to be able to handle multiple types of service; in our case, two : echo and time. echo is just the standard echo service we have seen in class. time is a slightly modified version of the daytime service (see Figure 1.9, p.14) : instead of sending the client the ‘daytime’ just once and closing, the service sits in an infinite loop, sending the ‘daytime’, sleeping for 5 seconds, and repeating, ad infinitum. The server is loosely based on the way the inetd daemon works : see Figure 13.7, p.374. However, note that the differences between inetd and our server are probably more significant than the similarities: inetd forks off children, whereas our server uses threads; inetd child processes issue exec commands, which our server threads do not; etc. So you should treat Figure 13.7 (and Section 13.5, Chapter 13, generally) as a source of ideas, not as a set of specifications which you must slavishly adhere to and copy. Note, by the way, that there are some similarities between our client and inetd (primarily, forking off children which issue execs), which could be a useful source of ideas. The server creates a listening socket for each type of service that it handles, bound to the ‘well-known port’ for that service. It then uses select to await clients (Chapter 6; or, if you prefer, poll; note that pselect is not supported in Solaris 2.10). The socket on which a client connects identifies the service the client is seeking. The server accepts the connection and creates a thread which provides the service. The thread detaches itself. Meanwhile, the main thread goes back to the select to await further clients. A major concern when using threads is to make sure that operations are thread safe (see p.685 and on into Section 26.5). In this respect, Stevens’ readline function (in Stevens’ file unpv13e/lib/readline.c, see Figure 3.18, pp.91-92) poses a particular problem. On p.686, the authors give three options for dealing with this. The third option is too inefficient and should be discarded. You can implement the second option if you wish. Easiest of all would be the first option, since it involves using a thread-safe version of readline (see Figures 26.11 & 26.12) provided in file unpv13e/threads/readline.c. Whatever you do, remember that Stevens’ library, libunp.a, contains the non-thread-safe version of Figure 3.18, and that is the version that will be link-loaded to your code unless you undertake explicit steps to ensure this does not happen (libunp.a also contains the ‘wrapper’ function Readline, whose code is also in file unpv13e/lib/readline.c). Remaking your copy of libunp.a with the ‘correct’ version of readline is not a viable option because when you hand in your code, it will be compiled and link-loaded with respect to the version of libunp.a in the course account, ~cse533/Stevens/unpv13e_solaris2.10 (I do not intend to change that version since it risks creating confusion later on in the course). Also, you will probably want to use the original version of readline in the client code anyway. I am providing you with a sample Makefile which picks up the thread-safe version of readline from directory ~cse533/Stevens/unpv13e_solaris2.10/threads and uses it when making the executable for the server, but leaves the other executables it makes to link-load the non-thread-safe version from libunp.a. Again, it is part of your responsibility to make sure that your server code is as robust as possible with respect to errors, and that the server threads terminate cleanly under all circumstances. Recall, first of all, that the client user will often use ^C (CTRL C) in the xterm to terminate the service. This will appear to the server thread as if the client process has crashed. You need to think about the error conditions that will be induced (see Sections 5.11 to 5.13, Chapter 5), and how the echo and time server code is to detect and handle these conditions. For example, the time server will almost certainly experience an EPIPE error (see Section 5.13). How should the associated SIGPIPE signal be handled? Be aware that when we return out of the Stevens’ writen function with -1 (indicating an error) and check errno, errno is sometimes equal to 0, not EPIPE (value 32). This can happen under Solaris 2.10, but I am not sure under precisely what conditions nor why. Nor am I sure if it also happens under other Unix versions, or if it also happens when using write rather than writen. The point is, you cannot depend on errno to find out what has happened to the write or writen functions. My suggestion, therefore, is that the time server should use the select function. On the one hand, select’s timeout mechanism can be used to make the server sleep for the 5 seconds. On the other hand, select should also monitor the connection socket read event because, when the client xterm is ^C’ed, a FIN will be sent to the server TCP, which will prime the socket for reading; a read on the socket will then return with value 0 (see Figure 14.3, p. 385 as an example). But what about errors other than EPIPE? Which ones can occur? How should you handle them? Recall, as well, that if a thread terminates without explicitly closing the connection socket it has been using, the connection socket will remain existent until the server process itself dies (why?). Since the server process is supposed, in principle, to run for ever, you risk ending up with an ever increasing number of unused, ‘orphaned’ sockets unless you are careful. Whenever a server thread detects the termination of its client, it should print out a message giving appropriate details: e.g., “Client termination: EPIPE error detected”, “Client termination: socket read returned with value 0”, “Client termination: socket read returned with value -1, errno = . . .”, and so on. When debugging your server code, you will probably find that restarting the server very shortly after it was last running will give you trouble when it comes to bind to its ‘well-known ports’. This is because, when the server side initiates connection termination (which is what will happen if the server process crashes; or if you kill it first, before killing the client) TCP keeps the connections open in the TIME_WAIT state for 2MSLs (Sections 2.6 & 2.7, Chapter 2). This could very quickly become a major irritant. I suggest you explore the possibility of using the SO_REUSEADDR socket option (pp.210-213, Chapter 7; note that the SO_REUSEPORT socket option is not supported in Solaris 2.10), which should help keep the stress level down. You will need to use the setsockopt function (Section 7.2) to enable this option. Figure 8.24, p.263, shows an instance of server code that sets the SO_REUSEADDR socket option. Finally, you should be aware of the sort of problem, described in Section 16.6, pp.461-463, that might occur when (blocking) listening sockets are monitored using select. Such sockets should be made nonblocking, which requires use of the fcntl function after socket creates the socket, but before listen turns the socket into a listening socket.
migliori / File Tree BrowserFile Tree Generator recovers directories and files recursively from a main directory, shows the tree structure & allows to choose a file.
MrAlpha786 / TERBR TermuxBackupToolBackup Termux and Restore with just one command. Choose a directory to save backup and easily find them.
TurhanOz / ReactiveDirectoryChooserA simple Android library for choosing a Directory
mudigosa / Image ClassifierImage Classifier Going forward, AI algorithms will be incorporated into more and more everyday applications. For example, you might want to include an image classifier in a smartphone app. To do this, you'd use a deep learning model trained on hundreds of thousands of images as part of the overall application architecture. A large part of software development in the future will be using these types of models as common parts of applications. In this project, you'll train an image classifier to recognize different species of flowers. You can imagine using something like this in a phone app that tells you the name of the flower your camera is looking at. In practice, you'd train this classifier, then export it for use in your application. We'll be using this dataset of 102 flower categories. When you've completed this project, you'll have an application that can be trained on any set of labelled images. Here your network will be learning about flowers and end up as a command line application. But, what you do with your new skills depends on your imagination and effort in building a dataset. This is the final Project of the Udacity AI with Python Nanodegree Prerequisites The Code is written in Python 3.6.5 . If you don't have Python installed you can find it here. If you are using a lower version of Python you can upgrade using the pip package, ensuring you have the latest version of pip. To install pip run in the command Line python -m ensurepip -- default-pip to upgrade it python -m pip install -- upgrade pip setuptools wheel to upgrade Python pip install python -- upgrade Additional Packages that are required are: Numpy, Pandas, MatplotLib, Pytorch, PIL and json. You can donwload them using pip pip install numpy pandas matplotlib pil or conda conda install numpy pandas matplotlib pil In order to intall Pytorch head over to the Pytorch site select your specs and follow the instructions given. Viewing the Jyputer Notebook In order to better view and work on the jupyter Notebook I encourage you to use nbviewer . You can simply copy and paste the link to this website and you will be able to edit it without any problem. Alternatively you can clone the repository using git clone https://github.com/fotisk07/Image-Classifier/ then in the command Line type, after you have downloaded jupyter notebook type jupyter notebook locate the notebook and run it. Command Line Application Train a new network on a data set with train.py Basic Usage : python train.py data_directory Prints out current epoch, training loss, validation loss, and validation accuracy as the netowrk trains Options: Set direcotry to save checkpoints: python train.py data_dor --save_dir save_directory Choose arcitecture (alexnet, densenet121 or vgg16 available): pytnon train.py data_dir --arch "vgg16" Set hyperparameters: python train.py data_dir --learning_rate 0.001 --hidden_layer1 120 --epochs 20 Use GPU for training: python train.py data_dir --gpu gpu Predict flower name from an image with predict.py along with the probability of that name. That is you'll pass in a single image /path/to/image and return the flower name and class probability Basic usage: python predict.py /path/to/image checkpoint Options: Return top K most likely classes: python predict.py input checkpoint ---top_k 3 Use a mapping of categories to real names: python predict.py input checkpoint --category_names cat_To_name.json Use GPU for inference: python predict.py input checkpoint --gpu Json file In order for the network to print out the name of the flower a .json file is required. If you aren't familiar with json you can find information here. By using a .json file the data can be sorted into folders with numbers and those numbers will correspond to specific names specified in the .json file. Data and the json file The data used specifically for this assignemnt are a flower database are not provided in the repository as it's larger than what github allows. Nevertheless, feel free to create your own databases and train the model on them to use with your own projects. The structure of your data should be the following: The data need to comprised of 3 folders, test, train and validate. Generally the proportions should be 70% training 10% validate and 20% test. Inside the train, test and validate folders there should be folders bearing a specific number which corresponds to a specific category, clarified in the json file. For example if we have the image a.jpj and it is a rose it could be in a path like this /test/5/a.jpg and json file would be like this {...5:"rose",...}. Make sure to include a lot of photos of your catagories (more than 10) with different angles and different lighting conditions in order for the network to generalize better. GPU As the network makes use of a sophisticated deep convolutional neural network the training process is impossible to be done by a common laptop. In order to train your models to your local machine you have three options Cuda -- If you have an NVIDIA GPU then you can install CUDA from here. With Cuda you will be able to train your model however the process will still be time consuming Cloud Services -- There are many paid cloud services that let you train your models like AWS or Google Cloud Coogle Colab -- Google Colab gives you free access to a tesla K80 GPU for 12 hours at a time. Once 12 hours have ellapsed you can just reload and continue! The only limitation is that you have to upload the data to Google Drive and if the dataset is massive you may run out of space. However, once a model is trained then a normal CPU can be used for the predict.py file and you will have an answer within some seconds. Hyperparameters As you can see you have a wide selection of hyperparameters available and you can get even more by making small modifications to the code. Thus it may seem overly complicated to choose the right ones especially if the training needs at least 15 minutes to be completed. So here are some hints: By increasing the number of epochs the accuracy of the network on the training set gets better and better however be careful because if you pick a large number of epochs the network won't generalize well, that is to say it will have high accuracy on the training image and low accuracy on the test images. Eg: training for 12 epochs training accuracy: 85% Test accuracy: 82%. Training for 30 epochs training accuracy 95% test accuracy 50%. A big learning rate guarantees that the network will converge fast to a small error but it will constantly overshot A small learning rate guarantees that the network will reach greater accuracies but the learning process will take longer Densenet121 works best for images but the training process takes significantly longer than alexnet or vgg16 *My settings were lr=0.001, dropoup=0.5, epochs= 15 and my test accuracy was 86% with densenet121 as my feature extraction model. Pre-Trained Network The checkpoint.pth file contains the information of a network trained to recognise 102 different species of flowers. I has been trained with specific hyperparameters thus if you don't set them right the network will fail. In order to have a prediction for an image located in the path /path/to/image using my pretrained model you can simply type python predict.py /path/to/image checkpoint.pth Contributing Please read CONTRIBUTING.md for the process for submitting pull requests. Authors Shanmukha Mudigonda - Initial work Udacity - Final Project of the AI with Python Nanodegree
lecho / FilechooserFile and directory picker/chooser for Android, compatible with API 9+
rdwz / Freesubdoma.in🆓 Free Domain Directory - Comprehensive list of 24 Subdomains to choose from!!
Aurora-Hunters / Timelapse MakerSimple application for assembling time lapses. Choose a directory with photos, set FPS and resolution and get a video. Available for Mac, Windows and Linux.
